WO2011057115A1 - Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors - Google Patents

Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011057115A1
WO2011057115A1 PCT/US2010/055694 US2010055694W WO2011057115A1 WO 2011057115 A1 WO2011057115 A1 WO 2011057115A1 US 2010055694 W US2010055694 W US 2010055694W WO 2011057115 A1 WO2011057115 A1 WO 2011057115A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
methyl
hydroxy
piperazine
dihydropyridin
carboxylate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/055694
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Joseph H. Gardner
Robert Shalwitz
Original Assignee
Akebia Therapeutics Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to AU2010314976A priority Critical patent/AU2010314976B2/en
Priority to JP2012537237A priority patent/JP5599467B2/en
Priority to EP19174520.7A priority patent/EP3603644A1/en
Priority to BR112012010762-3A priority patent/BR112012010762B1/en
Priority to SI201030283T priority patent/SI2496236T1/en
Priority to KR1020127014419A priority patent/KR101445946B1/en
Priority to DK10829176.6T priority patent/DK2496236T3/en
Priority to CN201080050181.9A priority patent/CN102612367B/en
Priority to CA2774043A priority patent/CA2774043C/en
Priority to PL10829176T priority patent/PL2496236T4/en
Priority to NZ600396A priority patent/NZ600396A/en
Priority to EP15154363.4A priority patent/EP2952192B1/en
Priority to RU2012123387/04A priority patent/RU2518071C2/en
Priority to KR1020157001507A priority patent/KR101613103B1/en
Priority to MX2012005274A priority patent/MX2012005274A/en
Priority to MX2013009454A priority patent/MX365138B/en
Priority to EP10829176.6A priority patent/EP2496236B1/en
Priority to IN4940DEN2012 priority patent/IN2012DN04940A/en
Application filed by Akebia Therapeutics Inc. filed Critical Akebia Therapeutics Inc.
Priority to KR1020147008577A priority patent/KR20140048341A/en
Priority to ES10829176T priority patent/ES2424122T3/en
Priority to RS20130321A priority patent/RS52870B/en
Publication of WO2011057115A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011057115A1/en
Priority to IL219612A priority patent/IL219612A/en
Priority to ZA2012/04104A priority patent/ZA201204104B/en
Priority to HK12110020.9A priority patent/HK1169313A1/en
Priority to HRP20130691AT priority patent/HRP20130691T1/en
Priority to SM201300096T priority patent/SMT201300096B/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/92—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with a hetero atom directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/96—Sulfur atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/4965—Non-condensed pyrazines
    • A61K31/497—Non-condensed pyrazines containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4412—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/444—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. amrinone
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4545—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pipamperone, anabasine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene or sparfloxacin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • A61K31/501—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/54—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one sulfur as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. sulthiame
    • A61K31/541—Non-condensed thiazines containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/10—Antimycotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06—Antianaemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/80—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/84—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/86—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/69—Two or more oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/10—Spiro-condensed systems
    • C07D491/113—Spiro-condensed systems with two or more oxygen atoms as ring hetero atoms in the oxygen-containing ring
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors that can stabilize hypoxia inducible factor- 1 alpha (HIF- ⁇ ), as well as hypoxia inducible factor-2 alpha (HIF-2a).
  • pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the disclosed compounds.
  • methods for stimulating the cellular immune response in a mammal such as increasing phagocytosis, for example, prolonging the life of phagocytes, inter alia, keratinocytes, neutrophils.
  • the disclosed compounds provide methods for treating diseases that relate to the body's immune response.
  • the disclosed compounds stabilize HIF- ⁇ and HIF-2a, as well as other factors that are present in a compromised immune system or which are depleted or over taxed by the presence of a disease state and the manifestations of the disease state, inter alia, sepsis.
  • the disclosed compounds can be used to treat cancer and can be co-administered with other cancer therapy drugs.
  • the disclosed compounds can be used to boost the immune response by a mammal when co-administered with a vaccine, for example, flu vaccines, malarial vaccines, yellow fever vaccines, cancer vaccines, and the like.
  • Figure 1 depicts the normal metabolic pathway of HIF- 1 a during normoxia.
  • Figure 2 depicts the enhancement of neutrophil killing of S. aureus (Newman strain) with 50 ⁇ and 200 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus control (DMSO) at 60 and 90 minutes.
  • Figure 3 depicts the enhancement of human monocyte cell line (U937) against 5 * . aureus (Newman strain) by 10 ⁇ a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus untreated samples.
  • Figure 4 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U937 cells after infection with 5 * . aureus (Newman strain) after 1 hour pre-treatment (black) or 2 hour (hatched) pre-treatment with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
  • Figure 5 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U937 cells after infection with two strains of S. aureus, Newman (black) or methicillin resistant 5 * . aureus (MRSA) (hatched), after 1 hour pre-treatment with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
  • Figure 6 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U397 cells after infection with two strains of S. aureus, Newman (black) or MRSA (hatched) and treatment with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
  • Figure 7 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U937 cells after infection with two strains of S. aureus, Newman (hatched bars) or MRSA (black bars), following treatment with 100 mM mimosine (A), 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII (B), or 2mg/mL of vancomycin (C) at 2 hours post- infection.
  • Figure 8 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U937 cells after infection with 5 * . aureus (Newman) following no pre-treatment, 1 hour pre- treatment, or 2 hour pre-treatment with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
  • Figure 9 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated
  • Figure 10 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated
  • Figure 11 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (E), 10 ⁇ (F), and 50 ⁇ (G) vs. wild type control (H) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (A), 10 ⁇ (B), and 50 ⁇ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D). Both cell types were treated for 7 hours.
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • Figure 12 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with compound l-(3- Chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one at dosages of 1 ⁇ (E), 10 ⁇ (F), vs. wild type control (G) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (A), 10 ⁇ (B), and 50 ⁇ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • Figure 13 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (E), 10 ⁇ (F), and 50 ⁇ (G) vs. wild type control (H) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • Figure 14 depicts the up regulation of vascular endothelia growth factor (VEGF) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (E), 10 ⁇ (F), and 50 ⁇ (G) vs. control (H) and the lack of up regulation of VEGF expression in HIF-1 knock out cells treated with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (A), 10 ⁇
  • VEGF vascular endothelia growth factor
  • Figure 15 depicts the results of Example 1 1 wherein 3 groups of animals are treated with Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain.
  • the data show the significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid circles ( ⁇ )) treated with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animal given a bolus of DMSO (solid squares ( ⁇ )).
  • Figure 15 depicts mice infected with Newman strain of S. aureus followed by treatment with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII or DMSO (control) at 2 hours post-infection.
  • the data show the statistically significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals treated with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII (solid circles ( ⁇ )) or DMSO (solid squares ( ⁇ )).
  • Figure 16 also depicts the results of Example 1 1 showing the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid circles ( ⁇ )) treated with 10 ⁇ a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animals that are untreated (solid triangles (A)).
  • Figure 16 depicts mice infected with Newman strain of S. aureus followed by treatment with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII or no treatment at 2 hours post- infection. The data show the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals treated with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII (solid circles ( ⁇ )) or untreated (solid triangles (A )).
  • Figure 17 is a plot histogram that depicts the results of Example 12 wherein 3 groups of animals are treated with Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain [ATCC #25904].
  • the data show the results for the untreated group plotted under (A), the results for the group treated with DMSO plotted under (B) and results for the group treated with ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII plotted under (C).
  • Figure 18 also depicts the results of Example 12 wherein the number of colony forming units in the kidney are plotted for the various groups: the untreated group is plotted under (A), the group treated with DMSO is plotted under (B) and the group treated with ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII is plotted under (C).
  • Figure 19 depicts the results of Example 13 wherein 2 groups of animals are treated with Streptococcus pyogenes NZ131 [M49 strain].
  • the data show the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid triangles (A )) treated with 0.5 mg/kg of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animal treated with vehicle control
  • Figure 20 is a plot histogram that also depicts the results of Example 12 wherein the number of colony forming units for the observed skin lesions on animals treated with vehicle control (cyclodextran) are plotted under (A) and results for the group treated with 0.5 mg/kg of a compound disclosed in Table VIII are plotted under (B).
  • “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to an individual along with the relevant active compound without causing clinically unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.Ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to "about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value.
  • a weight percent of a component is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
  • an effective amount means "an amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result.”
  • An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human or animal being treated.
  • dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciated that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
  • the compositions of this disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.
  • Excipient is used herein to include any other compound that may be contained in or combined with one or more of the disclosed inhibitors that is not a therapeutically or biologically active compound. As such, an excipient should be pharmaceutically or biologically acceptable or relevant (for example, an excipient should generally be non-toxic to the subject). “Excipient” includes a single such compound and is also intended to include a plurality of excipients.
  • a “subject” is meant an individual.
  • the “subject” can include domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, etc.), and birds.
  • “Subject” can also include a mammal, such as a primate or a human.
  • prevent or other forms of the word, such as “preventing” or “prevention,” is meant to stop a particular event or characteristic, to stabilize or delay the development or progression of a particular event or characteristic, or to minimize the chances that a particular event or characteristic will occur. Prevent does not require comparison to a control as it is typically more absolute than, for example, reduce. As used herein, something could be reduced but not prevented, but something that is reduced could also be prevented. Likewise, something could be prevented but not reduced, but something that is prevented could also be reduced. It is understood that where reduce or prevent are used, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other word is also expressly disclosed.
  • reduce or other forms of the word, such as “reducing” or “reduction,” is meant lowering of an event or characteristic (e.g., vascular leakage). It is understood that this is typically in relation to some standard or expected value, in other words it is relative, but that it is not always necessary for the standard or relative value to be referred to.
  • Treatment or other forms of the word such as “treated” or “treatment” is used herein to mean that administration of a compound of the present invention mitigates a disease or a disorder in a host and/or reduces, inhibits, or eliminates a particular
  • characteristic or event associated with a disorder e.g., infection caused by a disorder
  • the term “treatment” includes, preventing a disorder from occurring in a host, particularly when the host is predisposed to acquiring the disease, but has not yet been diagnosed with the disease; inhibiting the disorder; and/or alleviating or reversing the disorder.
  • the term “prevent” does not require that the disease state be completely thwarted. Rather, as used herein, the term preventing refers to the ability of the skilled artisan to identify a population that is susceptible to disorders, such that
  • administration of the compounds of the present invention may occur prior to onset of a disease.
  • the term does not imply that the disease state be completely avoided.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to "about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10" is also disclosed.
  • a particular data point "10" and a particular data point "15" are disclosed, it is understood that greater than, greater than or equal to, less than, less than or equal to, and equal to 10 and 15 are considered disclosed as well as between 10 and 15. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.By "antimicrobial” is meant the ability to treat or control (e.g., reduce, prevent, inhibit, break-down, or eliminate) microorganism growth or survival at any concentration. Similarly, the terms “antibacterial,” “antiviral,” and “antifungal” respectively mean the ability to treat or control (e.g., reduce, prevent, inhibit, break-down, or eliminate) bacterial, viral, and fungal growth or survival at any concentration.
  • anion is a type of ion and is included within the meaning of the term
  • anion is any molecule, portion of a molecule (e.g., zwitterion), cluster of molecules, molecular complex, moiety, or atom that contains a net negative charge or that can be made to contain a net negative charge.
  • anion precursor is used herein to specifically refer to a molecule that can be converted to an anion via a chemical reaction (e.g., deprotonation).
  • cation is a type of ion and is included within the meaning of the term “ion”.
  • a “cation” is any molecule, portion of a molecule (e.g., zwitterion), cluster of molecules, molecular complex, moiety, or atom, that contains a net positive charge or that can be made to contain a net positive charge.
  • cation precursor is used herein to specifically refer to a molecule that can be converted to a cation via a chemical reaction (e.g., protonation or alkylation).
  • “Chemotherapeutic agent” is used herein to include any other pharmaceutically active compound that can be used in conjunction with the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors, for example, cytotoxic drugs such as 6-hydroxymethylacylfulvene, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, carmustine, doxorubicin, and methotrexate.
  • cytotoxic drugs such as 6-hydroxymethylacylfulvene, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, carmustine, doxorubicin, and methotrexate.
  • Other chemotherapeutic agents also include anti-inflammatory drugs, i.e., non-steroidal antiinflammatory compounds such as aspirin.
  • a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer, diastereomer, and meso compound, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture.
  • Hypoxia-Inducible Factor 1 is one of the key regulators of oxygen homeostasis. It regulates the physiological responses to low oxygen levels (hypoxia) and the pathophysiology of heart attack, cancer, stroke and chronic lung disease.
  • HIF-1 is a heterodimeric protein that consists of two subunits, HIF-la and HIF-1 ⁇ . Whereas HIF-1 ⁇ is constitutively expressed, the expression of HIF-la is induced by oxygen concentrations below 6%.
  • HIF- 1 heterodimers bind to the hypoxia response element (HRE), a 5-RCGTG-3 consensus sequence.
  • HIF-1 -regulated genes Several dozen HIF-1 -regulated genes have been identified so far, including genes coding for proteins involved in angiogenesis, energy metabolism, erythropoiesis, cell proliferation and viability, vascular remodeling and vasomotor responses. Therefore, modulation of HIF activation in cells is critical to preventing, controlling, curing, or otherwise affecting a wide array of diseases, disease states, and conditions.
  • Hypoxia-inducible transcription factor 1 -alpha plays a central role in cellular adaptation to reduced oxygen availability. Under hypoxic stress, activated HIF- la strives for oxygen homeostasis by not only maintaining intracellular energy production via the induction of angiogenesis and glycolysis, but also limiting energy consumption by virtue of the inhibition of cell proliferation and DNA repair.
  • HIF-la activates its target genes, inter alia, EPO, VEGF, and PGK1 through binding to the hypoxia- responsive element in the gene promoter (Wang, G.L. et ah, J Biol Chem (1993); 268: 21513-21518).
  • HIF- 1 a under normal healthy conditions wherein the cells have a sufficient supply of oxygen is readily converted to a degraded form by one of several 4-prolyl hydroxylase enzymes, inter alia, EGL 1 (herein referred to as HIFPH2).
  • EGL 1 4-prolyl hydroxylase enzymes
  • HIFPH2 4-prolyl hydroxylase enzymes
  • Figure 1 summaries the metabolism of HIF- la during normal healthy conditions.
  • HIF a-subunits are unstable under normoxic conditions; cells continually synthesize and degrade these proteins.
  • the short half-life of HIF- ⁇ is the byproduct of a family of O 2 - and iron-dependent prolyl hydroxylases (PHI -3), whose action directs HIF a-subunits for degradation by the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway in a process dependent upon interaction with von Hippel-Lindau tumor-suppressor protein (vHL).
  • PDH's represents the prolyl hydroxylases that act in the presence of an asparaginyl hydroxylase to hydroxylate prolines 402 and 564, as well asparagines 804. From this point, because the hydroxylated HIF- la is also prevented from association with p300-CPB because of other factors, ubiquitin ligase begins to metabolize the hydroxylated HIF- 1 a via the vHL pathway.
  • HIF-1 enzymes for example, Egl nine homolog 1 (HIFPH2)
  • HIFPH2 Egl nine homolog 1
  • up regulation of HIF- la also provides a method for enhancing immunity, for example, by increasing the capacity of phagocytes.
  • HIFPH2 also referred to herein as EGL 1 or PHD2
  • HIFPH3 also referred to herein as EGLN3 of PHD-3
  • HIF- ⁇ is targeted for destruction via prolyl hydroxylation, an oxygen-dependent modification that signals for recognition by the E3 ubiquitin ligase complex containing the von Hippel-Lindau tumor suppressor (VHL).
  • VHL von Hippel-Lindau tumor suppressor
  • EGL 1 also known as HIFPH2 or PHD2
  • EGLN3 also known as HIFPH3 or PHD3
  • hypoxia-inducible at their mRNA levels in a HIF-la dependent manner are hypoxia-inducible at their mRNA levels in a HIF-la dependent manner.
  • HIF-la levels are controlled by these prolyl-4-hydroxylases by hydroxylating the HIF-la proline residues Pro-402 and Pro-564 in humans (Ivan, M. et ah, (2001) "HIFa targeted for VHL-mediated destruction by proline hydroxylation:
  • VEGF Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor
  • HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors of the present disclosure provide enhanced the accumulation of HIF 1 -a in the cytoplasm and nucleus.
  • Transgenic mice expressing a constitutively active HIF-la in the skin have increased dermal vascularity and had a 13-fold increase in VEGF levels
  • the present disclosure relates to methods for treating wounds and promoting wound healing in a subject comprising, administering to a subject in need of treatment an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds.
  • the present disclosure relates to the use of one or more of the disclosed compounds for use in making a medicament for treating wounds and promoting wound healing.
  • hypoxia-responsive transcription factor HIF- ⁇ is essential for regulation of inflammation in vivo.
  • HIF-la expression regulates the bactericidal capacity of phagocytes
  • bacterial infection induces HIF- ⁇ expression in myeloid cells even under normoxic conditions
  • HIF- ⁇ regulates the generation of critical molecular effectors of immune defense including granule proteases, antimicrobial peptides, nitric oxide, and TNF-a.
  • HIF-la function is critical for myeloid cell bactericidal activity and the ability of the host to limit systemic spread of infection from an initial tissue focus.
  • Increased activity of the HIF-la pathway through vHL deletion supports myeloid cell production of defense factors and improves bactericidal capacity.
  • the disclosed compounds induce HIF-la activity and can also boost bacterial killing and NO production in a HIF- la-specific fashion.
  • the disclosed compounds can increase the stabilization of HIF- 1 protein by acting directly or indirectly on one or more cellular processes which act to destabilize or to metabolize cellular components that stabilize the presence of HIF-1 protein, protect it from inhibition, or to increase the activity of the protein.
  • the disclosed compounds can increase the activity of the HIF-1 protein by inhibiting or otherwise blocking the activity of compounds that inhibit the activity of the HIF- 1 protein.
  • disclosed herein is a method for improving the treatment of microbial infections by administering a substance that increases the activity or level of at least one HIF-1 protein in a subject suffering from the microbial infection or at increased risk of microbial infection.
  • the disclosed methods comprise contacting at least one HIF-1 protein or HIF-1 interacting protein with one or more of the disclosed compounds that modulate the activity of the HIF-1 protein, or causing contact between the protein and substance.
  • the contacting is accomplished in vitro.
  • the contacting is accomplished in vivo.
  • the contacting is accomplished ex vivo.
  • a method of treating a subject infected or at risk of infection by a microbial agent comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds.
  • the compound increases the amount or activity of HIF- 1.
  • the microbial agent is a pathogen. Iterations of this embodiment related to pathogens includes, bacteria, fungi, protozoa, viruses, yeasts, and the like.
  • a yet further iteration of this aspect relates to a method for treating a subject infected by or at risk of infection by a microbial agent comprising, increasing the microbial pathogen-killing activity of the subject's immune cells.
  • One method for increasing the stabilization of HIF-1 is to inhibit the activity of 4- prolyl hydroxylase enzymes that begin the cellular break down of HIF- la thereby preventing HIF- la from combining with HIF- ⁇ to form HIF-1.
  • methods for increasing the cellular response to disease states such as infection, i.e., presence of a pathogen such as a bacterium, a virus, a parasite, a yeast, a fungus, and the like by increasing phagocytosis.
  • methods for treating cancer by increasing the cellular immune response, for example, by stabilizing HIF-1, thereby increasing the ability of the body to reduce tumor size.
  • hydrocarbyl stands for any carbon atom-based unit (organic molecule), said units optionally containing one or more organic functional group, including inorganic atom comprising salts, inter alia, carboxylate salts, quaternary ammonium salts.
  • organic hydrocarbyl Within the broad meaning of the term “hydrocarbyl” are the classes “acyclic hydrocarbyl” and “cyclic hydrocarbyl” which terms are used to divide hydrocarbyl units into cyclic and non-cyclic classes.
  • cyclic hydrocarbyl units can comprise only carbon atoms in the ring (carbocyclic and aryl rings) or can comprise one or more heteroatoms in the ring (heterocyclic and heteroaryl).
  • carbocyclic and aryl rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 3 carbon atoms; cyclopropyl.
  • aryl the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 6 carbon atoms; phenyl.
  • heterocyclic the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; diazirinyl.
  • Ethylene oxide comprises 2 carbon atoms and is a C 2 heterocycle.
  • heteroaryl rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl.
  • acyclic hydrocarbyl and “cyclic hydrocarbyl” as used herein.
  • substituted and unsubstituted acyclic hydrocarbyl encompasses 3 categories of units:
  • linear or branched alkyl non-limiting examples of which include, methyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), z ' so-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), z ' so-butyl (C 4 ), tert- butyl (C 4 ), and the like; substituted linear or branched alkyl, non-limiting examples of which includes, hydroxymethyl (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (Ci), 1 -chloroethyl (C 2 ), 2-hydroxyethyl (C 2 ), 1,2-difluoroethyl (C 2 ), 3-carboxypropyl (C 3 ), and the like.
  • linear or branched alkenyl non-limiting examples of which include, ethenyl (C 2 ), 3- propenyl (C 3 ), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C 3 ), isopropenyl (also 2- methylethen-2-yl) (C 3 ), buten-4-yl (C 4 ), and the like; substituted linear or branched alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 2-chloroethenyl (also 2- chlorovinyl) (C 2 ), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl (C 4 ), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (Cg), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (Cg), and the like.
  • substituted linear or branched alkenyl non-limiting examples of which include, 2-chloroethenyl (also 2- chlorovinyl) (C 2 ), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl
  • linear or branched alkynyl non-limiting examples of which include, ethynyl (C 2 ), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C 3 ), propyn- l-yl (C 3 ), and 2-methyl-hex-4-yn-l -yl (C7); substituted linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C 7 ), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2-yl (Cs), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C 9 ), and the like.
  • substituted and unsubstituted cyclic hydrocarbyl encompasses 5 categories of units:
  • carbocyclic is defined herein as "encompassing rings comprising from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the atoms which comprise said rings are limited to carbon atoms, and further each ring can be independently substituted with one or more moieties capable of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms.”
  • substituted and unsubstituted carbocyclic rings which encompass the following categories of units:
  • carbocyclic rings having a single substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon ring non-limiting examples of which include, cyclopropyl (C 3 ), 2-methyl- cyclopropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropenyl (C 3 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexyl (Ce), cyclohexenyl (Ce), cycloheptyl (C 7 ), cyclooctanyl (Cs), 2,5- dimethylcyclopentyl (C5), 3,5-dichlorocyclohexyl (Ce), 4-hydroxycyclohexyl (Ce), and 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohex-l -yl (Ce).
  • carbocyclic rings having two or more substituted or unsubstituted fused hydrocarbon rings non-limiting examples of which include, octahydropentalenyl (Cs), octahydro-lH-indenyl (C 9 ), 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-3H-inden-4-yl (C 9 ), decalinyl (C10), decahydroazulenyl (C 10 ).
  • carbocyclic rings which are substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic hydrocarbon rings, non-limiting examples of which include, bicyclo-[2.1.1 ]hexanyl,
  • aryl is defined herein as "units encompassing at least one phenyl or naphthyl ring and wherein there are no heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings fused to the phenyl or naphthyl ring and further each ring can be independently substituted with one or more moieties capable of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms.”
  • substituted and unsubstituted aryl rings which encompass the following categories of units:
  • Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl rings phenyl and naphthyl rings whether substituted or unsubstituted, non-limiting examples of which include, phenyl (Ce), naphthylen- 1 -yl (Cio), naphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2- hydroxyphenyl (Ce), 3-methylphenyl (Ce), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-(N,N- diethylamino)phenyl (Ce), 2-cyanophenyl (Ce), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl (Ce), 3- methoxyphenyl (Ce), 8-hydroxynaphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen-l - yl (Cio), and 6-cyano-naphthyl
  • heterocyclic and/or “heterocycle” are defined herein as "units comprising one or more rings having from 3 to 20 atoms wherein at least one atom in at least one ring is a heteroatom chosen from nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), or sulfur (S), or mixtures of N, O, and S, and wherein further the ring which comprises the heteroatom is also not an aromatic ring.”
  • N nitrogen
  • O oxygen
  • S sulfur
  • Substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclic rings which encompass the following categories of units:
  • heterocyclic units having a single ring containing one or more heteroatoms, non-limiting examples of which include, diazirinyl (Ci), aziridinyl (C2), urazolyl (C2), azetidinyl (C 3 ), pyrazolidinyl (C 3 ), imidazolidinyl (C 3 ), oxazolidinyl (C 3 ), isoxazolinyl (C 3 ), thiazolidinyl (C 3 ), isothiazolinyl (C 3 ), oxathiazolidinonyl (C 3 ), oxazolidinonyl (C 3 ), hydantoinyl (C 3 ), tetrahydrofuranyl (C 4 ), pyrrolidinyl (C 4 ), morpholinyl (C 4 ), piperazinyl (C 4 ), piperidinyl (C 4 ), dihydropyranyl (C5)
  • heteroaryl is defined herein as "encompassing one or more rings comprising from 5 to 20 atoms wherein at least one atom in at least one ring is a heteroatom chosen from nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), or sulfur (S), or mixtures of N, O, and S, and wherein further at least one of the rings which comprises a heteroatom is an aromatic ring.”
  • substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclic rings which encompass the following categories of units: heteroaryl rings containing a single ring, non-limiting examples of which include, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (Ci), [l,2,3]triazolyl (C 2 ), [l,2,4]triazolyl (C 2 ), triazinyl (C 3 ), thiazolyl (C 3 ), lH-imidazolyl (C 3 ), oxazolyl (C 3 ), isoxazolyl (C 3 ), isothiazolyazolyl (C 3 ), isothiazoly
  • heteroaryl rings containing 2 or more fused rings one of which is a heteroaryl ring non-limiting examples of which include: 7H-purinyl (C5), 9H-purinyl (C5), 6- amino-9H-purinyl (C5), 5H-pyrrolo[3,2-( Jpyrimidinyl (Ce), 7H-pyrrolo[2,3- ( jpyrimidinyl (Ce), pyrido[2,3-i/]pyrimidinyl (C 7 ), 2-phenylbenzo[d]thiazolyl (C 7 ), lH-indolyl (C 8 ), 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-l-H-indolyl (C 8 ), quinoxalinyl (C 8 ), 5- methylquinoxalinyl (C 8 ), quinazolinyl (C 8 ), quinolinyl (C 9 ), 8-hydroxy-quinolinyl (C 9 ), and
  • Ci-Ce tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units (whether carbocyclic units, Ce or C 10 aryl units, heterocyclic units, or heteroaryl units) which connected to another moiety, unit, or core of the molecule by way of a Ci-Ce alkylene unit.
  • tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units include benzyl Ci-(C 6 ) having the formula:
  • R a is optionally one or more independently chosen substitutions for hydrogen.
  • R a is optionally one or more independently chosen substitutions for hydrogen.
  • Further examples include other aryl units, inter alia, (2- hydroxyphenyl)hexyl C6-(Ce); naphthalen-2-ylmethyl Ci-(Cio), 4-fluorobenzyl Ci- (Ce), 2-(3 -hydroxy -phenyl)ethyl C 2 -(Ce), as well as substituted and unsubstituted C 3 - C1 0 alkylenecarbocyclic units, for example, cyclopropylmethyl Ci-(C 3 ),
  • cyclopentylethyl C 2 -(Cs), cyclohexylmethyl Ci-(C 6 ); Included within this category are substituted and unsubstituted C1-C1 0 alkylene-heteroaryl units, for example a 2- picolyl Ci-(C6) unit having the formula:
  • C1-C12 tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units include C1-C10 alkyleneheterocyclic units and alkylene-heteroaryl units, non-limiting examples of which include, aziridinylmethyl Ci-(C2) and oxazol- 2-ylmethyl d-(C 3 ).
  • carbocyclic rings are from C3 to C2 0 ; aryl rings are Ce or Cio; heterocyclic rings are from Ci to C9; and heteroaryl rings are from Ci to
  • fused ring units as well as spirocyclic rings, bicyclic rings and the like, which comprise a single heteroatom will be characterized and referred to herein as being encompassed by the cyclic family corresponding to the heteroatom containing ring, although the artisan can have alternative characterizations.
  • 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinoline having the formula:
  • heteroaryl unit is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heteroaryl unit.
  • a fused ring unit contains heteroatoms in both a saturated ring (heterocyclic ring) and an aryl ring (heteroaryl ring)
  • the aryl ring will predominate and determine the type of category to which the ring is assigned herein for the purposes of describing the disclosure.
  • l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-[l,8]naphthyridine having the formula:
  • substituted is used throughout the specification.
  • substituted unit or moiety is a hydrocarbyl unit or moiety, whether acyclic or cyclic, which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent or several substituents as defined herein below.”
  • the units, when substituting for hydrogen atoms are capable of replacing one hydrogen atom, two hydrogen atoms, or three hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbyl moiety at a time.
  • these substituents can replace two hydrogen atoms on two adjacent carbons to form said substituent, new moiety, or unit.
  • a substituted unit that requires a single hydrogen atom replacement includes halogen, hydroxyl, and the like.
  • a two hydrogen atom replacement includes carbonyl, oximino, and the like.
  • a two hydrogen atom replacement from adjacent carbon atoms includes epoxy, and the like.
  • Three hydrogen replacement includes cyano, and the like.
  • substituted is used throughout the present specification to indicate that a hydrocarbyl moiety, inter alia, aromatic ring, alkyl chain; can have one or more of the hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent. When a moiety is described as "substituted" any number of the hydrogen atoms can be replaced.
  • 4-hydroxyphenyl is a "substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring (aryl ring)", (N,N-dimethyl-5-amino)octanyl is a " substituted Cs linear alkyl unit, 3-guanidinopropyl is a "substituted C 3 linear alkyl unit,” and 2-carboxypyridinyl is a "substituted heteroaryl unit.”
  • C1-C12 linear, C 3 -C12 branched, or C 3 -C12 cyclic alkyl for example, methyl (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (CO, ethyl (C 2 ), hydroxymethyl 1 -chloroethyl (C 2 ), 2-hydroxyethyl (C 2 ), 1,2- difluoroethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), z ' so-propyl (C 3 ), 3-carboxypropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropyl (C 3 ), 2-methyl-cyclopropyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), z ' so-butyl (C 4 ), tert- butyl (C 4 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobut
  • C2-C12 linear, C 3 -C12 branched, or C 3 -C12 cyclic alkenyl for example, ethenyl (C 2 ), 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C 2 ), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C 3 ), buten-4-yl (C 4 ), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexenyl (Ce), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C 9 ), and 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C 9 ), and the like;
  • C2-C12 linear or C 3 -C12 branched alkynyl for example, ethynyl (C 2 ), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C 3 ), propyn-l-yl (C 3 ), 2-methyl-hex-4- yn-l-yl (C7); 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C 7 ), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2- yl (C 8 ), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C9), and the like;
  • substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C 10 aryl for example, phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl, 3,5-dinitrophenyl, 8- hydroxynaphth-l-yl, 6-sulfonylnapth-2-yl, and the like;
  • halogen for example, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo
  • R 10 is chosen from:
  • R l la and R l lb are each independently chosen from:
  • R 12 is hydrogen or C1-C4 linear alkyl
  • R l la and R l lb can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
  • R 13 is:
  • R 14 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear alkyl, Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic, Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • R 15a and R 15b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; Ce or C 10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R 15a and R 15b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; xi) -[C(R 23a )(R 23b )] x OC(0)R 16 ;
  • R 16 is:
  • R 17a and R 17b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R 17a and R 17b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; xii) -[C(R 23a )(R 23b )] x NR 18 C(0)R 19 ;
  • R 18 is:
  • R 19 is:
  • R 20a and R 20b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R 20a and R 20b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; xiii) -[C(R 23a )(R 23b )] x CN;
  • branched alkyl substituted or unsubstituted Ce, C 10 , or C 14 aryl; C7-C 5 alkylenearyl;
  • R 23a and R 23b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl
  • the index x is an integer from 0 to 5.
  • the compounds disclosed herein include all salt forms, for example, salts of both basic groups, inter alia, amines, as well as salts of acidic groups, inter alia, carboxylic acids.
  • anions that can form salts with basic groups: chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, citrate, and the like.
  • cations that can form salts of acidic groups: sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, bismuth, and the like.
  • composition of matter stand equally well for one another and include all enantiomeric forms, diastereomeric forms, salts, and the like, and the terms “compound,” “analog,” and “composition of matter.”
  • N-substituted benzyl and N-substituted sulfonylaryl-4- aminomethylene-3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones that are HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors having the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 are further defined herein below.
  • Z is a phenyl group that is substituted with from 1 to 5 halogen atomsthat are chosen from chloro and fluoro, and R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a piperazine ring that is substituted with alkylcarboxy unit wherein R 4 is chosen from C 1 -C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl, for example, tert butyl 4 ⁇ [l-(4chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxol,2- dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl ⁇ piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
  • R 4 units relate to compounds wherein R 4 is tert-butyl (C 4 ). Another aspect of R > 4 uni ⁇ t-s re illustaites ( / C->i). A further aspec it o chorus.f R-> 4 units relates to compounds wherein R 4 is ethyl (C 2 ). A still further aspect of R 4 units relat to compounds wherein R 4 is chosen from n-propyl (C 3 ), z ' so-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec- butyl (C 4 ), and z ' sobutyl (C 4 ). R 4 is not hydrogen, therefore, a carboxylate unit having the formula: -CO 2 H is expressly excluded from this category, but may be included in other categories as described herein below.
  • Z is phenyl substituted with from 1 to 5 halogens chosen from fluorine and chlorine.
  • One aspect of Z units relates to compounds wherein Z is 4-chlorophenyl.
  • Another aspect of Z units relates to compounds wherein Z is chosen from 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2- fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl.
  • a further aspect of Z units relates to compounds wherein Z is chosen from 2,3-difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5- difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5- dichlorophenyl, and 2,6-dichlorophenyl.
  • Another category of compounds relates to N-unsubstituted-benzyl-4-aminomethyl-3- hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones, wherein Z is an unsubstituted phenyl group, having the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 are be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring.
  • a first aspect of this category relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 are be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring represented by ring A having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and from 1 to 7 heteroatoms, and R 200 represents from 0 to 40 substitutions form hydrogen.
  • the index w is an integer from 0 to 40.
  • Non-limiting examples of rings include diazirinyl (Ci), 1,2,3,4- tetrazolyl (Ci), aziridinyl (C 2 ), urazolyl (C 2 ), [l,2,3]triazolyl (C 2 ), [l,2,4]triazolyl (C 2 ), azetidinyl (C 3 ), pyrazolidinyl (C 3 ), imidazolidinyl (C 3 ), oxazolidinyl (C 3 ), isoxazolinyl (C 3 ), isoxazolyl (C 3 ), thiazolidinyl (C 3 ), isothiazolyl (C 3 ), isothiazolyl (C 3 ), isothiazolinyl (C 3 ), oxathiazolidinonyl (C 3 ), oxazolidinonyl (C 3 ), hydantoinyl (C 3 ), lH-imid
  • Each R 200 unit is independently chosen from:
  • C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl for example, methyl (Ci), (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci),
  • C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkenyl for example, ethenyl (C 2 ), 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C 2 ), 3-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C 3 ), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C 3 ), buten-4-yl (C 4 ), 4-hydroxybuten-l -yl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexenyl (Ce), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C 9 ), and 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C 9 ), and the like;
  • C1-C12 linear or C3-C12 branched alkynyl substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear or C3-C12 branched alkynyl; for example, ethynyl (C 2 ), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C 3 ), propyn- l-yl (C 3 ), 2-methyl-hex-4- yn-l -yl (C7); 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2- yl (Cs), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C 9 ), and the like;
  • Ci-Cn heteroaryl substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; for example, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (Ci),
  • halogen for example, -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
  • R 24 is chosen from:
  • R 25a and R 25b are each independently chosen from:
  • R 26 is hydrogen or C1-C4 linear alkyl
  • R 25a and R 25b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
  • R 27 is:
  • R 28 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C1 0 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; c) -N(R 29a )(R 29b ); are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C 10 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or R 29a and R 29b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
  • R 30 is:
  • R 31a and R 31b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C1 0 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or R 31a and R 31b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
  • R is:
  • R 34a and R 34b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted
  • R 34a and R 34b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; for example, -NHC(0)CH 3 , -CH 2 NHC(0)CH 3 , -NHC(0)NH 2 , -CH 2 NHC(0)NH 2 , -NHC(0)NHCH 3 , -CH 2 NHC(0)NHCH 3 , -OC(0)N(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 NHC(0)N(CH 3 ) 2 , and the like;
  • R 35 is C1-C1 0 linear, C3-C1 0 branched, or C3-C1 0 cyclic alkyl substituted by from 1 to 21 halogen atoms chosen from -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
  • R 36 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce, Cw, or C 4 aryl; C7-C 5 alkylenearyl; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C11 heteroaryl;
  • R 37a and R 37b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl
  • the index y is an integer from 0 to 5.
  • a first embodiment of this aspect relates to compounds wherein R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a 5-member substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heterocyclic or a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include a ring chosen from:
  • a first iteration of this embodiment relates to HIF- ⁇ ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors having the formula:
  • R represents from 0 to 2 substitutions for a ring hydrogen, wherein the substitutions for hydrogen are independently chosen from:
  • Non-limiting examples of this iteration include HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors having the formula:
  • a further iteration of this embodiment relates to HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a 5 -member substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having more than one heteroatom in the ring
  • Non-limiting examples include:
  • HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -Cn heterocyclic or a substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -Cn heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which are chosen from:
  • C1-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl for example, methyl (Ci), (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), hydroxymethyl 1-chloroethyl (C2), 2-hydroxyethyl (C2), 1,2-difluoroethyl (C2), n-propyl (C 3 ), z ' so-propyl (C 3 ), 3-carboxypropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropyl (C 3 ), 2-methyl- cyclopropyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), z ' so-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C 4 ), pent
  • C2-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl for example, ethenyl (C2), 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C2), 3-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C 3 ), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C 3 ), buten-4-yl (C 4 ), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentenyl (C5),
  • C2-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl for example, ethynyl (C2), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C 3 ), propyn-l-yl (C 3 ), 2-methyl-hex-4-yn-l-yl (C7); 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C 7 ), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2-yl (C 8 ), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C 9 ), and the like;
  • Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl for example, phenyl (Ce), naphthylen-1- yl (Cio), naphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-hydroxyphenyl (Ce), 3- methylphenyl (Ce), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl (Ce), 2-cyanophenyl (Ce), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl (Ce), 3-methoxyphenyl (Ce), 8- hydroxynaphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen-l-yl (Cio), 6-cyano- naphthylen-l-yl (Cio), and the like;
  • C1-C11 substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl for example, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (Ci), [l,2,3]triazolyl (C 2 ), [l,2,4]triazolyl (C 2 ), triazinyl (C 3 ), thiazolyl (C 3 ), 1H- imidazolyl (C 3 ), oxazolyl (C 3 ), furanyl (C 4 ), thiopheneyl (C 4 ), pyrimidinyl (C 4 ), pyridinyl (C5), and the like; halogen; for example, -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
  • R 10 is chosen from:
  • R l la and R l lb are each independently chosen from:
  • R 12 is hydrogen or Ci-C4 linear alkyl
  • Ci-Ci 2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl
  • R l la and R l lb can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
  • R 13 is:
  • Ci-Ci 2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl
  • R 14 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear alkyl, Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C1-C 9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic, Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • R 15a and R 15b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; Ce or C 10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R 15a and R 15b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; for example, -COCH3, -CH 2 COCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 COCH 2 CH 3 , -COCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 COCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , and the like;
  • R 16 is:
  • Ci-Ci 2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl
  • R 17a and R 17b are each independently hydrogen, Ci-Ci 2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R 17a and R 17b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
  • R 18 is:
  • R 19 is:
  • Ci-Ci 2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl
  • R 20a and R 20b are each independently hydrogen, Ci-Ci 2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; Ce or C1 0 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R 20a and R 20b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; for example, -NHC(0)CH 3 , -CH 2 NHC(0)CH 3 , -NHC(0)NH 2 ,
  • xv) -[C(R 23a )(R 23b )] x R 21 for example, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CC1 3 , or -CBr 3 ;
  • R 21 is Ci-Cio linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl substituted by from 1 to 21 halogen atoms chosen from -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
  • R 22 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce, Cw, or C14 aryl; C7-C15 alkylenearyl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; or Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; for example, -S0 2 H, -CH 2 S0 2 H, -S0 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 S0 2 CH 3 , -S0 2 C 6 H 5 , and -CH 2 S0 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • R 2 a and R 23b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl
  • the index x is an integer from 0 to 5.
  • Non-limitin examples of this category include compounds having the formula:
  • a further category of compounds relates to unsubstituted N-benzyl-4-aminomethyl- 3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones having the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently chosen from:
  • the first aspect of this category relates to HIF- ⁇ ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R 2 is hydrogen and R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic or C1-C9 heteroaryl.
  • R 1 is a substituted heterocyclic group, non-limiting examples of which include aziridinyl (C2), azetidinyl (C 3 ), pyrrolidinyl (C 4 ), morpholinyl (C 4 ), piperazinyl (C 4 ), piperidinyl (C 4 ), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C5), and azepan-2- only (caprolactam) (Ce), wherein the R 1 unit can be bonded to the nitrogen atom at any position in the ring.
  • the C1-C9 heterocyclic or C1-C9 heteroaryl ring can be substituted at any position whether a ring carbon or a ring heteroatom, for example
  • R 2 is hydrogen and R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl ring can be substituted at any ring position.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl ring can be substituted at any ring position.
  • a yet further category of compounds relates to unsubstituted N-benzyl-4- aminomethyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones having the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cio linear or branched alkyl, wherein the alkyl unit can be substituted by one or more units independently chosen from:
  • R 40 is hydro gen or C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl
  • Non-limiting examples of this category include:
  • a still further category of the disclosed compounds has the formula:
  • R represents from 0 to 5 substitutions for hydrogen, wherein each R is independently chosen from:
  • C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl for example, methyl (Ci), (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), hydroxymethyl 1-chloroethyl (C 2 ), 2-hydroxyethyl (C 2 ), 1,2-difluoroethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), z ' so-propyl (C 3 ), 3-carboxypropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropyl (C 3 ), 2-methyl-cyclopropyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl;
  • C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkenyl for example, ethenyl (C 2 ), 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C 2 ), 3-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C 3 ), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C 3 ), buten-4-yl (C 4 ), 4-hydroxybuten-l -yl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexenyl (Ce), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C 9 ), and 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C 9 ), and the like
  • C2-C12 linear or C3-C12 branched alkynyl for example, ethynyl (C 2 ), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C 3 ), propyn- l-yl (C 3 ), 2-methyl-hex-4- yn-l -yl (C7); 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2- yl (Cs), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C 9 ), and the like;
  • Ci-Cn heteroaryl for example, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (Ci), [l ,2,3]triazolyl (C 2 ), [ l ,2,4]triazolyl (C 2 ), triazinyl (C 3 ), thiazolyl (C 3 ), 1H- imidazolyl (C 3 ), oxazolyl (C 3 ), furanyl (C 4 ), thiopheneyl (C 4 ), pyrimidinyl (C 4 ), pyridinyl (C5), and the like;
  • halogen for example, -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
  • R is chosen from:
  • R l la and R l lb are each independently chosen from:
  • R 12 is hydrogen or Ci-C4 linear alkyl
  • R l la and R l lb can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
  • R 13 is:
  • R 14 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C 10 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl;
  • R 15a and R 15b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C 10 aryl; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or R 15a and R 15b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
  • R 16 is:
  • Ci-Ci 2 linear, C3-C branched, or C3-C cyclic alkyl a) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci 2 linear, C3-C branched, or C3-C cyclic alkyl
  • R 17a and R 17b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted
  • R 18 is:
  • R 19 is:
  • Ci-Ci 2 linear, C3-C branched, or C3-C cyclic alkyl a) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci 2 linear, C3-C branched, or C3-C cyclic alkyl
  • R 20a and R 20b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted
  • xiii) -[C(R 23a )(R 23 )] x CN; for example; -CN, -CH 2 CN, and -CH 2 CH 2 CN;
  • xv) -[C(R 23a )(R 23b )] x R 21 for example, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CC1 3 , or -CBr 3 ;
  • R 21 is Ci-Cio linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl substituted by from 1 to 21 halogen atoms chosen from -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
  • R 22 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear or C 3 -C 4 branched alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce, C10, or C14 aryl; C7-C15 alkylenearyl; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-
  • R 23a and R 23b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl
  • the index x is an integer from 0 to 5.
  • HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a 5 -member substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heterocyclic or a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include a ring chosen from:
  • HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -Cn heterocyclic or a substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -Cn heteroaryl ring, non-limiting exampli of which are chosen from:
  • Non-limiting examples of this category include compounds having the formula:
  • alkyl unit can be substituted by one or more units independently chosen from:
  • R 40 is hydro gen or C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl
  • Non-limiting examples of this category include:
  • a still yet further category of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having
  • R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazine ring, the substitutions on the ring as defined for R 200 herein above.
  • a yet still further category of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors have the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and from 1 to 7 heteroatoms wherein the rings formed exclude a excluding a piperazine ring.
  • N-substituted benzyl or N-substituted sulfonylaryl-3- hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones having the formula:
  • Z and L are the same as disclosed herein above.
  • Non-limiting examples of these compounds include:
  • N-substituted benzyl or N-substituted sulfonylaryl-5- substituted-3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones having the formula:
  • Y relates to a phenyl group that is substituted with from 1 to 5 halogen atoms, for example, Y is chosen from 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2 -fluorophenyl, 3- fluorophenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl.
  • a further aspect of Y units relates to compounds wherein Y is chosen from 2,3-difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6- difluorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, and 2,6- dichlorophenyl.
  • a non-limiting example of compounds according to this category include l-(4- chlorobenzyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula:
  • the disclosed compounds are organized into several categories for the strictly non- limiting purpose of describing alternatives for synthetic strategies for the preparation of subgenera of compounds within the scope of the disclosed compounds that are not expressly exemplified herein. This mental organization into categories does not imply anything with respect to increased or decreased biological efficacy with respect to any of the compounds or compositions of matter described herein.
  • Category I of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
  • A is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having from 2 to
  • R 200 represents from 0 to 40 substitutions form hydrogen
  • R represents from 1 to 5 substitutions for hydrogen as defined herein above
  • the index n is from 1 to 5.
  • Table I provides representative examples of compounds according to this category.
  • Category II of the disclosed prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
  • A is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and from 1 to 7 heteroatoms, and R 200 represents from 0 to 40 substitutions form hydrogen.
  • Table II provides representative examples of compounds according to this category.
  • the compounds according to Category II can be prepared according to the procedure outlined in Scheme I and disclosed in Example 1. The following are further examples of inhibitors according to Category II.
  • Category III of the disclosed prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cio linear or branched alkyl, wherein the alkyl unit can be substituted by one or more units independently chosen from:
  • R 40 is hydro gen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl
  • Reagents and conditions (a)(i) HCHO, EtOH; 0.5 hr (ii) 3-(l-H-imidazol-l-yl)propan-l- amine; 2 hr.
  • N-Benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one (5) can be prepared according to Example 1 by substituting benzyl bromide or benzyl chloride into step (b) for (4-chloro)benzyl chloride.
  • Category IV of the disclosed prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
  • A represents a ring optionally substituted by one or more R units.
  • Table IV provides non-limiting examples of this category.
  • Reagents and conditions (a) (i) n-BuLi, TsCl, THF; -78 °C to rt, Relief; (ii) HCl, MeOH; rt, 1
  • Reagents and conditions (b) pyrrolidine, HCHO, H 2 0/EtOH; rt, 12hr.
  • prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors according to this category.
  • Category V of HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R represents from 1 to 5 optional substitutions for a phenyl ring hydrogen atom
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cio linear or branched alkyl, wherein the alkyl unit can be substituted by one or more units independently chosen from:
  • R is hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C 3 -C4 branched alkyl
  • Table V provides non-limiting examples of this category of HIF- l a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • Reagents and conditions (a) benzyl bromide, HCHO, H 2 0/EtOH; rt, 12hr.
  • HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors The following is a further non-limiting example of this category of HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • Category VI of HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
  • L is chosen from CH 2 or S0 2
  • Z is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
  • Non- limiting examples of inhibitors according to this category are disclosed in Table VI below.
  • the disclosed HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be used by the formulator to provide a form of the disclosed inhibitor that is more compatible with the intended delivery of the inhibitor to a subject or for compatiblility of formulation.
  • Table VII herein below provides examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of tert-butyl- ⁇ [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2 -dihydropyridin-4-yl] methyl ⁇ - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate formed from organic and inorganic acids.
  • the formulator can determine the solubility of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the disclosed inhibitors by any method desirable.
  • the following is a non-limiting example of a procedure for evaluating the solubility of a salt of a disclosed inhibitor.
  • a suspension of tert-butyl- ⁇ [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yljmethyl ⁇ -piperazine- 1 -carboxylate methanesulfonate (26.6 mg) in distilled deionized water (3.0 mL) is sonicated for 20 min with water bath temperature under 25 °C.
  • the suspension is filtered to remove any insoluble salt.
  • the clear filtrate solution (200 ⁇ ,) is diluted with distilled deionized water (800 ⁇ ,) and subjected to HPLC analysis.
  • Table VII results for the pharmaceutically acceptable salts outlined in Table VII above.
  • W represents a protecting group
  • R represents from 1 to 5 substitutions for hydrogen as defined herein, the index n is an integer from 0 to 5, Q is a leaving group, to form O-protected N-benzyl pyridone or N-sulfonylphenyl pyridone having the formula:
  • N-benzyl pyridone or N-sulfonylphenyl pyridone having the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 are the same as defined herein, with formaldehyde to form an N-formylamine having the formula:
  • step (d) reacting the N-formylamine formed in step (d) with the N-benzyl pyridone N-sulfonylphenyl pyridone formed in step (c) to form a compound having the formula:
  • Step (a) relates to the formation of an O-protected hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula:
  • W can be any protecting group.
  • protecting groups include carbamates, for example, tert-butoxycarbonyl and methoxycarbonyl, alkylsilanes, for example, trimethylsilyl and tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and the like.
  • Step (b) Preparation of O-protected TV-benzyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one or O- protected iV-sulfonylphenyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one
  • Step (b) relates to the formation of an O-protected N-benzyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)- one or O-protected N-sulfonylphenyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula
  • step (a) The protected hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one formed in step (a) is reacted with a compound having the formula:
  • Q is a leaving group capable of being eliminated by the protected hydroxypyridin-2(lH)- one ring nitrogen.
  • Step (c) Preparation of 7V-benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one or iV-sulfonylphenyl-3- hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one
  • Step (c) relates to the formation of an N-benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one or N- sulfonylphenyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one the having the formula:
  • step (b) O-protected N-benzyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one or O-protected N- sulfonylphenyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one formed in step (b) is reacted with one or more reagents suitable for removing protecting group W in a manner compatible with any R substitutions for hydrogen on the phenyl ring.
  • Step (d) relates to the formation -formylamine synthon having the formula:
  • the N-formylamine is formed by reacting an amine having the formula:
  • Step (e) relates to the formation of the final disclosed compounds having the formula:
  • step (d) by reacting the N-formylamine formed in step (d) with the N-benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin- 2(lH)-one or N-sulfonylphenyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one formed in step (c).
  • the present disclosure further relates to compositions or formulations that are useful for making a medicament or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the disclosed medicaments or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the disclosed human protein HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors can comprise:
  • excipient and “carrier” are used interchangeably throughout the description of the present disclosure and said terms are defined herein as, “ingredients which are used in the practice of formulating a safe and effective pharmaceutical composition.”
  • excipients are used primarily to serve in delivering a safe, stable, and functional pharmaceutical, serving not only as part of the overall vehicle for delivery but also as a means for achieving effective absorption by the recipient of the active ingredient.
  • An excipient may fill a role as simple and direct as being an inert filler, or an excipient as used herein may be part of a pH stabilizing system or coating to insure delivery of the ingredients safely to the stomach.
  • the formulator can also take advantage of the fact the compounds of the present disclosure have improved cellular potency, pharmacokinetic properties, as well as improved oral bioavailability.
  • compositions according to the present disclosure include: a) from about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg of one or more human protein HIF- la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
  • compositions Another example according to the present disclosure relates to the following compositions:
  • compositions relates to the following compositions:
  • compositions according to the present disclosure comprise:
  • hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more chemotherapeutic agents or chemotherapeutic compounds as further described herein.
  • compositions according to the present disclosure comprise:
  • hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more vaccines for treatment of an infectious disease.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating anemia.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating increasing cellular immunity.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating cancer.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for increasing HIF-1 stabilization.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating anemia.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating peripheral vascular disease.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating wounds.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament that is an antimicrobial.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating diabetes.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating hypertension.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating a disease affected by the level of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), glyceraldehyde 3- phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH), and erythropoietin (EPO).
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • GPDH glyceraldehyde 3- phosphate dehydrogenase
  • EPO erythropoietin
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating a disorder chosen from Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osier- Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
  • a disorder chosen from Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osier- Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
  • the present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating a disorder chosen from diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cancer, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, syphilis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, mycobacterial infections, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, retinopathy of prematurity, Eales' disease, Behcet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargardt's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndrome, toxoplasmosis, trauma and post-las
  • compositions and the form of pharmaceutical preparations comprising the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors alone, or in combination with another drug or other therapeutic agent, inter alia, chemotherapeutic agent or chemotherapeutic compound, can vary according to the intended route of administration.
  • Orally administered preparations can be in the form of solids, liquids, emulsions, suspensions, or gels, or in dosage unit form, for example as tablets or capsules. Tablets can be compounded in combination with other ingredients customarily used, such as tale, vegetable oils, polyols, gums, gelatin, starch, and other carriers.
  • the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors can be dispersed in or combined with a suitable liquid carrier in solutions, suspensions, or emulsions.
  • compositions intended for injection either subcutaneous ly,
  • intramuscularly, or intravenously can be prepared as liquids or solid forms for solution in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Such preparations are sterile, and liquids to be injected intravenously should be isotonic. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, dextrose, saline, and glycerol.
  • salts of the substances described herein can be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including organic bases and inorganic bases.
  • Salts derived from inorganic bases include sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, basic amino acids, and the like.
  • Substances for injection can be prepared in unit dosage form in ampules, or in multidose containers.
  • the HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors or compositons comprising one or more HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors to be delivered can be present in such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or preferably aqueous vehicles.
  • the salt of the HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor can be in lyophilized form for reconstitution, at the time of delivery, with a suitable vehicle, such as sterile pyrogen- free water.
  • a suitable vehicle such as sterile pyrogen- free water.
  • Both liquids as well as lyophilized forms that are to be reconstituted will comprise agents, preferably buffers, in amounts necessary to suitably adjust the pH of the injected solution.
  • the total concentration of solutes should be controlled to make the preparation isotonic, hypotonic, or weakly hypertonic.
  • Nonionic materials such as sugars, are preferred for adjusting tonicity, and sucrose is particularly preferred. Any of these forms can further comprise suitable formulatory agents, such as starch or sugar, glycerol or saline.
  • the compositions per unit dosage, whether liquid or solid, can contain from 0.1% to 99% of polynucleotide material.
  • invading microorganisms depends initially on innate immune mechanisms that preexist in all individuals and act within minutes of infection. Phagocytic cell types, including macrophages and neutrophils, play a key role in innate immunity because they can recognize, ingest, and destroy many pathogens without the aid of an adaptive immune response. The effectiveness of myeloid cells in innate defense reflects their capacity to function in low oxygen environments. Whereas in healthy tissues oxygen tension is generally 20-70 mm HG (i.e.
  • HIF-la agonist mimosine can boost the capacity of human phagocytes and whole blood to kill the leading pathogen Staphylococcus aureus in a dose-dependent fashion and reduce the lesion size in a murine model of S. aureus skin infection.
  • Macrophages are one population of effector cells involved in immune responses. Their role in natural immunity includes mediation of phagocytosis, as well as release of cytokines and cytotoxic mediators. They also facilitate the development of acquired immunity through antigen presentation and release of immunomodulatory cytokines.
  • macrophages are immune effectors, they are also susceptible to infection by agents such as bacteria, protozoa, parasites, and viruses (The Macrophage, C. E. Lewis & J.O'D. McGee. eds., IRL Press at Oxford University Press, New York, N.Y., 1992).
  • Viruses capable of infecting macrophages include several RNA viruses such as measles virus (MV) (e.g., Joseph et al, J. Virol. 16, 1638-1649, 1975), respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) (Midulla et al, Am. Rev. Respir. Dis.
  • MV measles virus
  • RSV respiratory syncytial virus
  • HIV-1 human immunodeficiency virus type 1
  • Disclosed herein is a method for increasing HIF-1 stabilization in a cell, comprising contacting a cell in vivo, in vitro, or ex vivo with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • kits for increasing the cellular immune response of a human or mammal diagnosed with a medical condition causing a decreased cellular immunity comprising administering to a human or mammal in need with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • Yet further disclosed herein are methods for increasing the cellular immune response of a human or mammal diagnosed with a medical condition causing a decreased cellular immunity, comprising administering to a human or mammal in need with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • Still further disclosed herein are methods for increasing the cellular immune response of a human or mammal having a medical condition causing a decreased cellular immunity, comprising administering to a human or mammal in need with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • the one or more HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor and any coadministered compounds can be administered or contacted with a cell topically, buccally, orally, intradermally, subcutaneously, mucosally in the eye, vagina, rectum, and nose, intravenously, and intramuscularly
  • cancer is defined herein as "an abnormal growth of cells which tend to proliferate in an uncontrolled way and, in some cases, to metastasize.” As such, both metastatic and non-metastatic cancers can be treated by the disclosed methods.
  • Acute Lymphoblastic Acute Myeloid Leukemia; Adrenocortical Carcinoma;
  • Adrenocortical Carcinoma Childhood; Appendix Cancer; Basal Cell Carcinoma; Bile Duct Cancer, Extrahepatic; Bladder Cancer; Bone Cancer; Osteosarcoma and Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma; Brain Stem Glioma, Childhood; Brain Tumor, Adult; Brain Tumor, Brain Stem Glioma, Childhood; Brain Tumor, Central Nervous System Atypical
  • Neuroectodermal Tumors and Pineoblastoma Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic Glioma; Brain and Spinal Cord Tumors; Breast Cancer; Bronchial Tumors; Burkitt Lymphoma; Carcinoid Tumor; Carcinoid Tumor, Gastrointestinal; Central Nervous System Atypical Teratoid/Rhabdoid Tumor; Central Nervous System Embryonal Tumors; Central Nervous System Lymphoma; Cerebellar Astrocytoma;
  • Cerebral Astrocytoma/Malignant Glioma Childhood; Cervical Cancer; Chordoma, Childhood; Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia; Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia; Chronic Myeloproliferative Disorders; Colon Cancer; Colorectal Cancer; Craniopharyngioma;
  • Intraocular Melanoma Islet Cell Tumors; Kidney (Renal Cell) Cancer; Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis; Laryngeal Cancer; Leukemia, Acute Lymphoblastic; Leukemia, Acute Myeloid; Leukemia, Chronic Lymphocytic; Leukemia, Chronic Myelogenous; Leukemia, Hairy Cell; Lip and Oral Cavity Cancer; Liver Cancer; Lung Cancer, Non-Small Cell; Lung Cancer, Small Cell; Lymphoma, AIDS-Related; Lymphoma, Burkitt; Lymphoma,
  • Myelodysplasia Syndromes Myelodysplastic/Myelo-proliferative Diseases; Myelogenous Leukemia, Chronic; Myeloid Leukemia, Adult Acute; Myeloid Leukemia, Childhood Acute; Myeloma, Multiple; Myeloproliferative Disorders, Chronic; Nasal Cavity and
  • Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer (Melanoma); Skin Carcinoma, Merkel Cell; Small Cell Lung Cancer; Small Intestine Cancer; Soft Tissue Sarcoma; Squamous Cell Carcinoma,
  • Testicular Cancer Throat Cancer; Thymoma and Thymic Carcinoma; Thyroid Cancer; Transitional Cell Cancer of the Renal Pelvis and Ureter; Trophoblastic Tumor, Gestational; Urethral Cancer; Uterine Cancer, Endometrial; Uterine Sarcoma; Vaginal Cancer; Vulvar Cancer; Waldenstrom Macroglobulinemia; and Wilms Tumor
  • chemotherapeutic agents or chemotherapeutic compounds comprising co-administering to a human or mammal, together with one or more chemotherapeutic agents or chemotherapeutic compounds, one or more of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • chemotherapeutic agent or chemotherapeutic compound one or more of the disclosed HIF- la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • chemotherapeutic agent or “chemotherapeutic compound” is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer.
  • chemotherapeutic cancer agents that can be used in combination with the disclosed HIF- ⁇ inhibitors include, but are not limited to, mitotic inhibitors (vinca alkaloids). These include vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine and NavelbineTM (vinorelbine,5'-noranhydroblastine).
  • mitotic inhibitors vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine
  • NavelbineTM vinorelbine,5'-noranhydroblastine
  • chemotherapeutic cancer agents include topoisomerase I inhibitors, such as camptothecin compounds.
  • camptothecin compounds include CamptosarTM (irinotecan HCL), HycamtinTM (topotecan HCL) and other compounds derived from camptothecin and its analogues.
  • podophyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, teniposide and mitopodozide.
  • the present disclosure further encompasses other chemotherapeutic cancer agents known as alkylating agents, which alkylate the genetic material in tumor cells.
  • chemotherapeutic agents include cytosine arabinoside, fluorouracil, methotrexate, mercaptopurine, azathioprime, and procarbazine.
  • An additional category of chemotherapeutic cancer agents that may be used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein include antibiotics.
  • Examples include without limitation doxorubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, mithramycin, mitomycin, mytomycin C, and daunomycin. There are numerous liposomal formulations commercially available for these compounds.
  • the present disclosure further encompasses other chemotherapeutic cancer agents including without limitation anti-tumor antibodies, dacarbazine, azacytidine, amsacrine, melphalan, ifosfamide and mitoxantrone.
  • the disclosed HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors herein can be administered in combination with other anti -tumor agents, including cytotoxic/antineoplastic agents and anti-angiogenic agents.
  • Cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are defined as agents which attack and kill cancer cells.
  • Some cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are alkylating agents, which alkylate the genetic material in tumor cells, e.g., cis-platin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogen mustard, trimethylene thiophosphoramide, carmustine, busulfan, chlorambucil, belustine, uracil mustard, chlomaphazin, and dacabazine.
  • cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are antimetabolites for tumor cells, e.g., cytosine arabinoside, fluorouracil, methotrexate, mercaptopuirine, azathioprime, and procarbazine.
  • Other cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are antibiotics, e.g., doxorubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, mithramycin, mitomycin, mytomycin C, and daunomycin.
  • doxorubicin e.g., doxorubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, mithramycin, mitomycin, mytomycin C, and daunomycin.
  • mitotic inhibitors (vinca alkaloids).
  • cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents include taxol and its derivatives, L-asparaginase, anti-tumor antibodies, dacarbazine, azacytidine, amsacrine, melphalan, VM-26, ifosfamide, mitoxantrone, and vindesine.
  • Anti-angiogenic agents are well known to those of skill in the art. Suitable anti- angiogenic agents for use in the disclosed methods and compositions include anti-VEGF antibodies, including humanized and chimeric antibodies, anti-VEGF aptamers and antisense oligonucleotides. Other known inhibitors of angiogenesis include angiostatin, endostatin, interferons, interleukin 1 (including a and ⁇ ) interleukin 12, retinoic acid, and tissue inhibitors of metalloproteinase- 1 and -2. (TIMP-1 and -2). Small molecules, including topoisomerases such as razoxane, a topoisomerase II inhibitor with anti- angiogenic activity, can also be used.
  • anti-cancer agents that can be used in combination with the disclosed HIF-la inhibitors include, but are not limited to: acivicin; aclarubicin; acodazole hydrochloride; acronine; adozelesin; aldesleukin; altretamine; ambomycin; ametantrone acetate;
  • aminoglutethimide aminoglutethimide; amsacrine; anastrozole; anthramycin; asparaginase; asperlin;
  • azacitidine azetepa; azotomycin; batimastat; benzodepa; bicalutamide; bisantrene hydrochloride; bisnafide dimesylate; bizelesin; bleomycin sulfate; brequinar sodium;
  • methotrexate methotrexate sodium; metoprine; meturedepa; mitindomide; mitocarcin; mitocromin; mitogillin; mitomalcin; mitomycin; mitosper; mitotane;
  • mitoxantrone hydrochloride mycophenolic acid; nocodazole; nogalamycin; ormaplatin; oxisuran; paclitaxel; pegaspargase; peliomycin; pentamustine; peplomycin sulfate;
  • perfosfamide perfosfamide
  • pipobroman piposulfan
  • piroxantrone hydrochloride piroxantrone hydrochloride
  • plicamycin
  • porfimer sodium porfiromycin; prednimustine; procarbazine hydrochloride; puromycin; puromycin hydrochloride; pyrazofurin; riboprine; rogletimide; safingol;
  • spirogermanium hydrochloride spiromustine; spiroplatin; streptonigrin; streptozocin; sulofenur; talisomycin; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; teloxantrone hydrochloride; temoporfin; teniposide; teroxirone; testolactone; thiamiprine; thioguanine; thiotepa; tiazofurin;
  • anti-cancer drugs include, but are not limited to: 20-epi-l,25 dihydroxyvitamin D3; 5-ethynyluracil; abiraterone; aclarubicin; acylfulvene; adecypenol; adozelesin; aldesleukin; ALL-TK antagonists; altretamine; ambamustine; amidox;
  • amifostine aminolevulinic acid
  • amrubicin amsacrine
  • anagrelide anastrozole
  • angiogenesis inhibitors angiogenesis inhibitors; antagonist D; antagonist G; antarelix; anti- dorsalizing morphogenetic protein- 1 ; antiandrogen, prostatic carcinoma; antiestrogen; antineoplaston; antisense oligonucleotides; aphidicolin glycinate; apoptosis gene modulators; apoptosis regulators; apurinic acid; ara-CDP-DL-PTBA; arginine deaminase; asulacrine; atamestane; atrimustine; axinastatin 1; axinastatin 2; axinastatin 3; azasetron; azatoxin; azatyrosine; baccatin III derivatives; balanol; batimastat; BCR/ABL antagonists; benzochlorins; benzoylstaurosporine; beta lactam derivatives; beta-alethine; betaclamycin
  • B betulinic acid; bFGF inhibitor; bicalutamide; bisantrene; bisaziridinylspermine;
  • bisnafide bistratene A; bizelesin; breflate; bropirimine; budotitane; buthionine sulfoximine; calcipotriol; calphostin C; camptothecin derivatives; canarypox IL-2; capecitabine;
  • carboxamide-amino-triazole carboxyamidotriazole; CaRest M3; CAR 700; cartilage derived inhibitor; carzelesin; casein kinase inhibitors (ICOS); castanospermine; cecropin B; cetrorelix; chlorlns; chloroquinoxaline sulfonamide; cicaprost; cis-porphyrin; cladribine; clomifene analogues; clotrimazole; collismycin A; collismycin B; combretastatin A4;
  • combretastatin analogue conagenin; crambescidin 816; crisnatol; cryptophycin 8;
  • cryptophycin A derivatives curacin A; cyclopentanthraquinones; cycloplatam; cypemycin; cytarabine ocfosfate; cytolytic factor; cytostatin; dacliximab; decitabine; dehydrodidemnin
  • dioxamycin diphenyl spiromustine; docetaxel; docosanol; dolasetron; doxifluridine;
  • droloxifene dronabinol; duocarmycin SA; ebselen; ecomustine; edelfosine; edrecolomab; eflornithine; elemene; emitefur; epirubicin; epristeride; estramustine analogue; estrogen agonists; estrogen antagonists; etanidazole; etoposide phosphate; exemestane; fadrozole; camrabine; fenretinide; filgrastim; finasteride; flavopiridol; flezelastine; fluasterone;
  • fludarabine fluorodaunorunicin hydrochloride; forfenimex; formestane; fostriecin;
  • iododoxorubicin ipomeanol, 4-; iroplact; irsogladine; isobengazole; isohomohalicondrin B; itasetron; jasplakinolide; kahalalide F; lamellarin-N triacetate; lanreotide; leinamycin;
  • lenograstim lentinan sulfate; leptolstatin; letrozole; leukemia inhibiting factor; leukocyte alpha interferon; leuprolide+estrogen+progesterone; leuprorelin; levamisole; liarozole; linear polyamine analogue; lipophilic disaccharide peptide; lipophilic platinum compounds; lissoclinamide 7; lobaplatin; lombricine; lometrexol; lonidamine; losoxantrone; lovastatin; loxoribine; lurtotecan; lutetium texaphyrin; lysofylline; lytic peptides; maitansine;
  • metalloproteinase inhibitors include menogaril; merbarone; meterelin; methioninase;
  • metoclopramide MIF inhibitor; mifepristone; miltefosine; mirimostim; mismatched double stranded RNA; mitoguazone; mitolactol; mitomycin analogues; mitonafide; mitotoxin fibroblast growth factor-saporin; mitoxantrone; mofarotene; molgramostim; monoclonal antibody, human chorionic gonadotrophin; monophosphoryl lipid A+myobacterium cell wall sk; mopidamol; multiple drug resistance gene inhibitor; multiple tumor suppressor 1- based therapy; mustard anticancer agent; mycaperoxide B; mycobacterial cell wall extract; myriaporone; N-acetyldinaline; N-substituted benzamides; nafarelin; nagrestip;
  • naloxone+pentazocine napavin; naphterpin; nartograstim; nedaplatin; nemorubicin;
  • neridronic acid neutral endopeptidase; nilutamide; nisamycin; nitric oxide modulators; nitroxide antioxidant; nitrullyn; 06-benzylguanine; octreotide; okicenone; oligonucleotides; onapristone; ondansetron; ondansetron; oracin; oral cytokine inducer; ormaplatin;
  • osaterone oxaliplatin; oxaunomycin; paclitaxel; paclitaxel analogues; paclitaxel derivatives; palauamine; palmitoylrhizoxin; pamidronic acid; panaxytriol; panomifene; parabactin; pazelliptine; pegaspargase; peldesine; pentosan polysulfate sodium; pentostatin; pentrozole; perflubron; perfosfamide; perillyl alcohol; phenazinomycin; phenylacetate; phosphatase inhibitors; picibanil; pilocarpine hydrochloride; pirarubicin; piritrexim; placetin A; placetin
  • plasminogen activator inhibitor platinum complex; platinum compounds; platinum- triamine complex; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednisone; propyl bis-acridone; prostaglandin J2; proteasome inhibitors; protein A-based immune modulator; protein kinase C inhibitor; protein kinase C inhibitors, microalgal; protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors; purine nucleoside phosphorylase inhibitors; purpurins; pyrazoloacridine; pyridoxylated hemoglobin polyoxyethylene conjugate; raf antagonists; raltitrexed; ramosetron; ras farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors; ras inhibitors; ras-GAP inhibitor; retelliptine demethylated; rhenium Re 186 etidronate; rhizoxin; ribozymes; RII retinamide; rogletimide;
  • glycosaminoglycans tallimustine; tamoxifen methiodide; tauromustine; tazarotene;
  • temozolomide teniposide; tetrachlorodecaoxide; tetrazomine; thaliblastine; thiocoraline; thrombopoietin; thrombopoietin mimetic; thymalfasin; thymopoietin receptor agonist; thymotrinan; thyroid stimulating hormone; tin ethyl etiopurpurin; tirapazamine; titanocene bichloride; topsentin; toremifene; totipotent stem cell factor; translation inhibitors; tretinoin; triacetyluridine; triciribine; trimetrexate; triptorelin; tropisetron; turosteride; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; tyrphostins; UBC inhibitors; ubenimex; urogenital sinus-derived growth inhibitory factor; urokinase receptor antagonists;
  • Disclosed is a method for prophylactically treating a human or a mammal against infection by a microorganism comprising administering to a human or mammal an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • a method for decreasing the virulence of a microorganism when a human or a mammal is infected with a microorganism comprising administering to a human or mammal an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • the microorganism can be any benign or virulent microorganism, for example, bacteria, viruses, yeasts, fungi, or parasites.
  • the following are non-limiting examples of microorganisms that can be affected by the disclosed HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • the virulence of the microorganism is reduced, diminished or eliminated.
  • the cause of the reduction, diminishment, or elimination of the virulence can be from the stabilization of HIF-1 and/or from the increased level of phagocytosis due to the administration of one or more of the disclosed HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
  • Acinetobacter calcoaceticus Acinetobacter haemolyticus, Aeromonas hydrophilia, Agrobacterium tumefaciens, Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus halodurans, Bacillus subtilis, Bacteroides distasonis, Bacteroides eggerthii, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides ovalus, Bacteroides 3452A homology group, Bacteroides splanchnicus, Bacteroides
  • Methanosarcina acetivorans Methanosarcina mazei, Morganella morganii
  • Mycobacterium tuberculosis Mesorhizobium loti, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Pasteurella haemolytica, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Providencia rettgeri, Providencia stuartii, Proteus mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris,
  • Pseudomonas acidovorans Pseudomonas aeruginosa
  • Pseudomonas alcaligenes Pseudomonas acidovorans, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas alcaligenes,
  • Pseudomonasfluorescens Pseudomonas putida, Ralstonia solanacearum
  • Salmonella enterica subsp. enteridtidis Salmonella enterica subsp. paratyphi
  • Salmonella enterica Salmonella enterica, subsp. typhimurium
  • Salmonella enterica subsp.
  • Non-limiting examples of vaccines are those for stimulating antibodies against hepatitis, influenza, measles, rubella, tetanus, polio, rabies, and the like.
  • the disclosed methods includes administering, or in the case of contacting cells in vitro, in vivo or ex vivo, the one or more HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors and any co-administered compounds topically, buccally, orally, intradermally, subcutaneously, mucosally in the eye, vagina, rectum, and nose, intravenously, and intramuscularly.
  • the EGLN-1 (or EGLN-3) enzyme activity is determined using mass spectrometry
  • Recombinant human EGLN-1 -179/426 is prepared as described above and in the
  • reaction is stopped by transferring 10 ⁇ ⁇ of reaction mixture to 50 ⁇ ⁇ of a mass spectrometry matrix solution (a-cyano-4- hydroxycinnamic acid, 5 mg/mL in 50% acetonitrile/0.1% TFA, 5 mM NFLPC ⁇ ).
  • a mass spectrometry matrix solution a-cyano-4- hydroxycinnamic acid, 5 mg/mL in 50% acetonitrile/0.1% TFA, 5 mM NFLPC ⁇ .
  • Two microliters of the mixture is spotted onto a MALDI-TOF MS target plate for analysis with an Applied Biosystems (Foster City, CA) 4700 Proteomics Analyzer MALDI-TOF MS equipped with a Nd:YAG laser (355 nm, 3 ns pulse width, 200 Hz repetition rate).
  • Hydroxylated peptide product is identified from substrate by the gain of 16 Da. Data defined as percent conversion of substrate to product is analyzed in GraphPad Prism 4 to calculate IC5 0 values.
  • HEK293 cells are seeded in 96-well poly-lysine coated plates at 20,000 cells per well in DMEM (10% FBS, 1% NEAA, 0.1% glutamine). Following overnight incubation, the cells are washed with 100 ⁇ ⁇ of Opti-MEM (Gibco, Carlsbad, CA) to remove serum. Compound in DMSO is serially diluted (beginning with 100 ⁇ ) in Opti-MEM and added to the cells. The conditioned media is analyzed for VEGF with a Quantikine human VEGF immunoassay kit (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN). Optical density measurements at 450 nm are recorded using the Spectra Max 250 (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA). Data defined as % of DFO stimulation is used to calculate EC5 0 values with GraphPad Prism 4 software (San Diego, CA).
  • mice 9-10 week old male C57B1/6 mice from Charles River Laboratory (Portage, MI).
  • vehicle aqueous carbonate buffer, 50 mM; pH 9.0
  • the compound to be tested in vehicle 50 mg/kg or 100 mg/kg.
  • the animals are dosed three times: day 1 at 8 AM and 5 PM, and on day 2 at 8 AM.
  • One hour after the first dose unilateral arterial ligation is performed under anesthesia using isoflurane.
  • the femoral artery is ligated proximal to the origin of the popliteal artery.
  • the contralateral limb undergoes a sham surgical procedure. Ligation is performed in an alternating fashion between right and left hindlimbs. Two hours after the 8 AM dosing on day 2, blood is obtained by ventricular stick while the mice are anesthetized with isoflurane. Serum samples for EPO analysis are obtained using gel clot serum separation tubes. Heart, liver, and gastrocnemius muscles are harvested, snap-frozen in liquid nitrogen, and stored in -80°C until use.
  • mouse serum EPO is detected using Mouse Quantikine Erythropoietin ELISA kit from R&D Systems according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • Tissues from mice stored at -80°C are powdered with mortar and pestle chilled with liquid nitrogen.
  • Nuclear extracts are prepared using an NE-PER kit (Pierce Biotechnology).
  • HIF- la Novus, Littleton, CO
  • the suspension is incubated in a conical micro centrifuge tube for 4 hours at 4 °C.
  • Protein A/G-coupled agarose beads (40 of a 50% suspension) are then added to the tube. Following overnight tumbling at 4 °C, the beads are washed 3 times with ice-cold phosphate buffered saline.
  • the beads are then prepared for SDS-PAGE with 40 ⁇ ⁇ of Laemmli sample buffer. Proteins separated on SDS-PAGE are transferred onto nitrocellulose sheets with XCell-II Blot Module system
  • Table VIII below provides non-limiting examples of the in vivo response for compounds according to the present disclosure, for example, HIFPH2 (EGL l) inhibition and VEGF stimulation.
  • One aspect of the disclosure relates to the increased neutrophil activity and increased neutrophil life that the disclosed compounds can provide.
  • the following provides methods and examples of increased phagocytosis by the disclosed compounds.
  • the Staphylococcus aureus Newman cell strain is ATCC # 25904 and the methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus strain is ATCC # 33591, and the U937 cell line is ATCC # CRL-1593.2.
  • the HaCaT cells were generated by the procedure of Boukamp P et ah, "Normal keratinization in a spontaneously immortalized aneuploid human keratinocyte cell line.” J Cell Biol. (1988) Mar: 106(3):761-71.
  • S. Aureus (ATCC 33591) can be grown in Todd-Hewitt broth (THB) to logarithmic phase (OD 6 oo of 0.4 or ⁇ 5 x 10 7 cfu/mL) and then pelleted, washed, and resuspended in PBS or RPMI 1640 tissue-culture medium to the desired concentration.
  • TLB Todd-Hewitt broth
  • OD 6 oo 0.4 or ⁇ 5 x 10 7 cfu/mL
  • PBS or RPMI 1640 tissue-culture medium to the desired concentration.
  • Venous blood from healthy volunteers can be used for whole blood and neutrophil isolation.
  • Neutrophils can be purified using the PolyMorphPrep Kit (Axis Shield) in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
  • Human monocytic cell line U937 can be propagated in RPMI 1640 plus 10% fetal calf serum, 1 mmol/L NaPyr, 10 mmol/L HEPES, and glucose.
  • Whole blood or phagocytic cells can be preincubated with mimosine (Sigma-Aldrich) (0-500 ⁇ /L) for 2-4 hours then challenged with S.
  • Aureus either 10 5 cfu in 100 ⁇ ⁇ added to 300 of whole blood or at an MOI of 1 bacterium/cell for isolated phagocytes. Aliquots are then plated on THB agar after 30 (whole blood and neutrophils) or 60 (U937 monocytes) min for enumeration of surviving 5 * .
  • Aureus colony-forming units are then plated on THB agar after 30 (whole blood and neutrophils) or 60 (U937 monocytes) min for enumeration of surviving 5 * .
  • Isolated human neutrophils were pre-incubated for 1 hour at 37 °C with a control consisting of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), 50 ⁇ and 200 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII. Staphylococcus aureus (Newman strain) was then added to the neutrophils at an MOI of approximately 0.1 (1 bacterium for every 10 neutrophils). Samples were taken at 60 and 90 minutes wherein the neutrophils were lysed with water, and the total bacteria remaining were enumerated on Todd-Hewitt broth (THB) agar plates.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • Staphylococcus aureus Newman strain
  • Figure 2 depicts the effectiveness of a compound disclosed in Table VIII in providing enhanced killing of S. aureus (Newman strain) at concentrations of 50 ⁇ and 200 ⁇ versus control. As can be seen in Figure 2, at 90 minutes post-infection, approximately half of the colony forming units are absent at a concentration of 200 ⁇ .
  • 4-prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor a compound disclosed in Table VIII is effective in killing 5 * . aureus when compared to a control (DMSO).
  • DMSO a control
  • a compound disclosed in Table VIII produces an 84% kill of Newman strain S. aureus when the monocyte cells are treated with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII, thereby showing increased phagocytosis due to extended neutrophil life span.
  • EXAMPLE 7 Two samples of cells from the human monocyte cell line U937 were pre-treated with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII. One sample was pre-incubated for 1 hour and the other sample pre-incubated for 2 hours, both at 37 °C under an atmosphere of 5% CO 2 . S. aureus (virulent Newman strain) was then added to the cells at an MOI of approximately 1-2 (1-2 bacteria for every 1 cell). Aliquots of cells were removed from each sample at 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes post- infection, the U937 cells were immediately lysed with TritonTM, and total of remaining bacteria remaining were enumerated on THB agar plates.
  • S. aureus virulent Newman strain
  • the MRSA infected cells had only 25% of the average percentage of colony forming units present when compared to control as represented by the black bars. Also depicted in Figure 5, at 60 minutes postinfection, the Newman strain of S. aureus had only approximately 12% of the average percentage of colony forming units present when compared to control, and almost no colony forming units present atl20 minutes post-infection as represented by the hatched bars.
  • the Newman strain of S. aureus had only 25% of the average percentage of colony forming units present when compared to control as represented by the black bars.
  • the MRSA strain was reduced to less than approximately 40% of the average percentage of colony forming units present when compared to control as represented by the hatched bars.
  • 10 ⁇ a compound disclosed in Table VIII enhanced kill of both bacterial strains, i.e., S. aureus, Newman (hatched bars) or MRSA (black bars), when compared to mimosine treated cells.
  • hatched bars representing Newman strain
  • MRSA black bars
  • the sample treated with 10 ⁇ a compound disclosed in Table VIII had a lower average percentage of colony forming units present than the cells treated with vancomycin.
  • the U937 cells infected with MRSA (black bars) had approximately 40% of the colony forming units present versus untreated cells and less than half the number of those treated with mimosine.
  • Figure 8 depicts the average percentage of colony forming units present (Newman strain) versus control for human monocyte cells (U937) at 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes postinfection, when treated with 10 ⁇ a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
  • the black bars represent treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII beginning at the time of infection with S. aureus, the hatched bars represent cells pretreated with a compound disclosed in Table VIII and white bars represent cells pretreated two hours prior to infection with 5 * . aureus.
  • Figure 9 depicts the average percent of colony forming units present at 120 minutes post-infection vs DMSO (control) when HaCaT cells are pre-treated for 1 hour according to the examples above with 800 ⁇ mimosine, 10 ⁇ of compound disclosed in Table VIII or 1 ⁇ g mL vancomycin followed by inoculation with 5 * . aureus (Newman strain, hatched bars) and methicillin-resistant 5 * . aureus (MRSA, black bars).
  • Figure 10 depicts the average percent of colony forming units present at 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes post-infection for Newman strain of S. aureus (hatched bars) and MRSA (black bars) when HaCaT cells are pre-treated for 1 hour according to the examples above with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
  • Figure 11 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (E), 10 ⁇ (F), and 50 ⁇ (G) vs. wild type control (H) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (A), 10 ⁇ (B), and 50 ⁇ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D). Both cell types were treated for 7 hours.
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • Figure 12 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (E), 10 ⁇ (F), vs. wild type control (G) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (A), 10 ⁇ (B), and 50 ⁇ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • Figure 13 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (E), 10 ⁇ (F), and 50 ⁇ (G) vs. wild type control (H) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 ⁇ (A), 10 ⁇ (B), and 50 ⁇ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • VEGF Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • HIF-1 knock out cells there is no increase in PGK up regulation when HIF-1 knock out cells are dosed at 1 ⁇ (A), 10 ⁇ (B), and 50 ⁇ (C) when compared to wild type control (H) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
  • mice Twenty-four (24) mice were divided into three groups. Group 2 animals were administered bacterial inoculum (Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain [ATCC #25904]) by subcutaneous injection on Day 0 and received 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII for 6 days starting at 2 hours post-infection (Days 0-5). Group 1 received subcutaneous injections of DMSO. Group 3 served as a control group and received no treatment. Lesion size was monitored daily during the study. Only open wounds were considered lesions; bumps and white patches without an open wound were not measured for lesion size. On Day 7, the final lesion size was measured and mice were sacrificed for determination of bacterial load in skin and kidney.
  • bacterial inoculum Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain [ATCC #25904]
  • mice were sacrificed after final lesion size measurement and the lesioned skin tissue and both kidneys were collected. Skin and kidneys were homogenized in phosphate buffered saline, serially diluted, and plated on Todd-Hewitt agar plates to enumerate colony forming units of bacteria.
  • Figure 15 shows the significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid circles ( ⁇ )) treated with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animal treated with DMSO (solid squares ( ⁇ )).
  • mice infected with Newman strain of S. aureus followed by treatment with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII or DMSO (control) at 2 hours post-infection mice infected with Newman strain of S. aureus followed by treatment with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII or DMSO (control) at 2 hours post-infection.
  • the data show the statistically significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals treated with a compound disclosed in Table VIII (solid circles ( ⁇ )) or DMSO (solid squares ( ⁇ )).
  • Figure 16 shows the significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid circles ( ⁇ )) treated with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus untreated animals (solid triangles (A )).
  • the data show the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals treated with a compound disclosed in Table VIII (solid circles ( ⁇ )) or untreated (solid triangles (A)).
  • mice Twenty-four (24) mice were divided into three groups. Group 1 animals were administered bacterial inoculum (Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain [ATCC #25904]) by subcutaneous injection on Day 0 and received 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII for 6 days starting at 2 hours post-infection (Days 0-5). Group 2 received subcutaneous injections of DMSO. Group 3 served as a control group and received no treatment. Lesion size was monitored daily during the study. Only open wounds were considered lesions; bumps and white patches without an open wound were not measured for lesion size. Day 7 post-infection, mice were sacrificed after final lesion size measurement and lesioned skin tissue and both kidneys were collected. Skin and kidneys were homogenized in phosphate buffered saline, serially diluted, and plated on Todd-Hewitt agar plates to enumerate colony forming units of bacteria.
  • bacterial inoculum Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain [
  • Figure 17 is a plot histogram wherein the number of observed colony forming units per gram of skin tissue is depicted. The straight lines indicate the mean value for each group.
  • the results for the untreated group are plotted under (A)
  • the results for the group treated with DMSO are plotted under (B)
  • results for the group treated with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII are plotted under (C).
  • Figure 18 is a plot of the observed colony forming units of bacteria found in the kidneys of the animals.
  • the results for the untreated group are plotted under (A)
  • the results for the group treated with DMSO are plotted under (B)
  • results for the group treated with 10 ⁇ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII are plotted under (C).
  • half of the animals treated with the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor disclosed in Table VIII had no bacteria in the kidney indicating that the compound disclosed in Table VIII was able to systemically prevent spread of the infection from the wound to the kidney.
  • mice Twenty (20) mice were divided into two groups. Group 1 animals were
  • mice were sacrificed after final lesion size measurement and lesioned skin tissue and both kidneys were collected. Skin and kidneys were homogenized in phosphate buffered saline, serially diluted, and plated on Todd-Hewitt agar plates to enumerate colony forming units of bacteria.
  • Figure 19 depicts the results of Example 13 wherein 2 groups of animals are treated with Streptococcus pyogenes NZ131 [M49 strain].
  • the data show the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid triangles (A )) treated with 0.5 mg/kg of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animal treated with vehicle control
  • Figure 20 is a plot histogram that also depicts the results of Example 12 wherein the number of colony forming units for the observed skin lesions on animals treated with vehicle control (cyclodextran) are plotted under (A) and results for the group treated with 0.5 mg/kg of a compound disclosed in Table VIII are plotted under (B).
  • kits comprising the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors be delivered into a human, mammal, or cell.
  • the kits can comprise one or more packaged unit doses of a composition comprising one or more HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors to be delivered into a human, mammal, or cell.
  • the units dosage ampules or multidose containers, in which the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors to be delivered are packaged prior to use can comprise an hermetically sealed container enclosing an amount of polynucleotide or solution containing a substance suitable for a pharmaceutically effective dose thereof, or multiples of an effective dose.
  • the HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor can be packaged as a sterile formulation, and the hermetically sealed container is designed to preserve sterility of the formulation until use.
  • HIF- ⁇ prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors can also be present in liquids, emulsions, or suspensions for delivery of active therapeutic agents in aerosol form to cavities of the body such as the nose, throat, or bronchial passages.
  • the ratio of HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors to the other compounding agents in these preparations will vary as the dosage form requires.
  • compositions can be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as, for example, tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, lotions, creams, gels, or the like, preferably in unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precise dosage.
  • the compositions will include, as noted above, an effective amount of the HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, in addition, can include other medicinal agents, pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, diluents, etc.
  • conventional nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like.
  • compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc., an active compound as described herein and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in an excipient, such as, for example, water, saline aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension.
  • an excipient such as, for example, water, saline aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like.
  • composition to be administered can also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • Parental administration if used, is generally characterized by injection.
  • Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
  • a more recently revised approach for parental administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 3,710,795, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the mammal can be a non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent.
  • the terms human and mammal do not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered.
  • a patient, subject, human or mammal refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder.
  • patient includes human and veterinary subjects.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed herein are prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors that can stabilize hypoxia inducible factor- 1 alpha (HIF- lα), as well as hypoxia inducible factor-2 (HIF-2). Also disclosed herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the disclosed compounds. Yet further disclosed are methods for stimulating the cellular immune response in a mammal such as increasing phagocytosis, for example, prolonging the life of phagocytes, inter alia, kerotyiocytes, neutrophils. As such the disclosed compounds provide methods for treating diseases that relate to the body's immune response.

Description

PROLYL HYDROXYLASE INHIBITORS
PRIORITY
This application claims the benefit of Provisional Application Serial number 61/258,914 and Provisional Application Serial number 61/258,918 that were both filed on November 6, 2009, the entirety of which applications are incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE
Disclosed herein are prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors that can stabilize hypoxia inducible factor- 1 alpha (HIF-Ια), as well as hypoxia inducible factor-2 alpha (HIF-2a). Also disclosed herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the disclosed compounds. Yet further disclosed are methods for stimulating the cellular immune response in a mammal such as increasing phagocytosis, for example, prolonging the life of phagocytes, inter alia, keratinocytes, neutrophils. As such the disclosed compounds provide methods for treating diseases that relate to the body's immune response.
SUMMARY
The disclosed compounds stabilize HIF-Ια and HIF-2a, as well as other factors that are present in a compromised immune system or which are depleted or over taxed by the presence of a disease state and the manifestations of the disease state, inter alia, sepsis. The disclosed compounds can be used to treat cancer and can be co-administered with other cancer therapy drugs. In addition, the disclosed compounds can be used to boost the immune response by a mammal when co-administered with a vaccine, for example, flu vaccines, malarial vaccines, yellow fever vaccines, cancer vaccines, and the like.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 depicts the normal metabolic pathway of HIF- 1 a during normoxia.
Figure 2 depicts the enhancement of neutrophil killing of S. aureus (Newman strain) with 50 μΜ and 200 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus control (DMSO) at 60 and 90 minutes.
Figure 3 depicts the enhancement of human monocyte cell line (U937) against 5*. aureus (Newman strain) by 10 μΜ a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus untreated samples.
Figure 4 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U937 cells after infection with 5*. aureus (Newman strain) after 1 hour pre-treatment (black) or 2 hour (hatched) pre-treatment with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII. Figure 5 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U937 cells after infection with two strains of S. aureus, Newman (black) or methicillin resistant 5*. aureus (MRSA) (hatched), after 1 hour pre-treatment with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
Figure 6 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U397 cells after infection with two strains of S. aureus, Newman (black) or MRSA (hatched) and treatment with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
Figure 7 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U937 cells after infection with two strains of S. aureus, Newman (hatched bars) or MRSA (black bars), following treatment with 100 mM mimosine (A), 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII (B), or 2mg/mL of vancomycin (C) at 2 hours post- infection.
Figure 8 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated U937 cells after infection with 5*. aureus (Newman) following no pre-treatment, 1 hour pre- treatment, or 2 hour pre-treatment with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
Figure 9 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated
HaCaT cells infected with two strains of S. aureus, Newman (hatched bars) or MRSA (black bars) and pre-treated for 1 hour with either DMSO (control), 800 μΜ mimosine, 10 μΜ a compound disclosed in Table VIII or 1 μg/mL vancomycin. Data shown is 2 hours post-treatment.
Figure 10 depicts the average percent surviving bacteria in treated vs. untreated
HaCaT cells infected with two strains of S. aureus, Newman (hatched bars) or MRSA (black bars), following pre-treatment with 10 μΜ a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
Figure 11 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (E), 10 μΜ (F), and 50 μΜ (G) vs. wild type control (H) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (A), 10 μΜ (B), and 50 μΜ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D). Both cell types were treated for 7 hours.
Figure 12 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with compound l-(3- Chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one at dosages of 1 μΜ (E), 10 μΜ (F), vs. wild type control (G) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (A), 10 μΜ (B), and 50 μΜ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
Figure 13 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (E), 10 μΜ (F), and 50 μΜ (G) vs. wild type control (H) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ
(A) , 10 μΜ (B), and 50 μΜ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
Figure 14 depicts the up regulation of vascular endothelia growth factor (VEGF) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (E), 10 μΜ (F), and 50 μΜ (G) vs. control (H) and the lack of up regulation of VEGF expression in HIF-1 knock out cells treated with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (A), 10 μΜ
(B) , and 50 μΜ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D). Both cell types were treated for 7 hours.
Figure 15 depicts the results of Example 1 1 wherein 3 groups of animals are treated with Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain. The data show the significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid circles (·)) treated with 10μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animal given a bolus of DMSO (solid squares (■)). Figure 15, depicts mice infected with Newman strain of S. aureus followed by treatment with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII or DMSO (control) at 2 hours post-infection. The data show the statistically significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals treated with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII (solid circles (·)) or DMSO (solid squares (■)).
Figure 16 also depicts the results of Example 1 1 showing the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid circles (·)) treated with 10μΜ a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animals that are untreated (solid triangles (A)). Figure 16 depicts mice infected with Newman strain of S. aureus followed by treatment with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII or no treatment at 2 hours post- infection. The data show the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals treated with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII (solid circles (·)) or untreated (solid triangles (A )). Figure 17 is a plot histogram that depicts the results of Example 12 wherein 3 groups of animals are treated with Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain [ATCC #25904]. The data show the results for the untreated group plotted under (A), the results for the group treated with DMSO plotted under (B) and results for the group treated with ΙΟμΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII plotted under (C).
Figure 18 also depicts the results of Example 12 wherein the number of colony forming units in the kidney are plotted for the various groups: the untreated group is plotted under (A), the group treated with DMSO is plotted under (B) and the group treated with ΙΟμΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII is plotted under (C).
Figure 19 depicts the results of Example 13 wherein 2 groups of animals are treated with Streptococcus pyogenes NZ131 [M49 strain]. The data show the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid triangles (A )) treated with 0.5 mg/kg of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animal treated with vehicle control
(cyclodextran) (solid circles (·)).
Figure 20 is a plot histogram that also depicts the results of Example 12 wherein the number of colony forming units for the observed skin lesions on animals treated with vehicle control (cyclodextran) are plotted under (A) and results for the group treated with 0.5 mg/kg of a compound disclosed in Table VIII are plotted under (B).
DETAILED DISCLOSURE
In this specification and in the claims that follow, reference will be made to a number of terms that shall be defined to have the following meanings:
Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise," or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising," will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a carrier" includes mixtures of two or more such carriers, and the like.
"Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. By "pharmaceutically acceptable" is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to an individual along with the relevant active compound without causing clinically unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.Ranges may be expressed herein as from "about" one particular value, and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint.
A weight percent of a component, unless specifically stated to the contrary, is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
By "effective amount" as used herein means "an amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result." An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human or animal being treated. Although particular dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciated that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. In addition, the compositions of this disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.
"Admixture" or "blend" is generally used herein means a physical combination of two or more different components
"Excipient" is used herein to include any other compound that may be contained in or combined with one or more of the disclosed inhibitors that is not a therapeutically or biologically active compound. As such, an excipient should be pharmaceutically or biologically acceptable or relevant (for example, an excipient should generally be non-toxic to the subject). "Excipient" includes a single such compound and is also intended to include a plurality of excipients.
As used herein, by a "subject" is meant an individual. Thus, the "subject" can include domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, etc.), and birds. "Subject" can also include a mammal, such as a primate or a human.
By "prevent" or other forms of the word, such as "preventing" or "prevention," is meant to stop a particular event or characteristic, to stabilize or delay the development or progression of a particular event or characteristic, or to minimize the chances that a particular event or characteristic will occur. Prevent does not require comparison to a control as it is typically more absolute than, for example, reduce. As used herein, something could be reduced but not prevented, but something that is reduced could also be prevented. Likewise, something could be prevented but not reduced, but something that is prevented could also be reduced. It is understood that where reduce or prevent are used, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other word is also expressly disclosed.
By "reduce" or other forms of the word, such as "reducing" or "reduction," is meant lowering of an event or characteristic (e.g., vascular leakage). It is understood that this is typically in relation to some standard or expected value, in other words it is relative, but that it is not always necessary for the standard or relative value to be referred to.
The term "Treat" or other forms of the word such as "treated" or "treatment" is used herein to mean that administration of a compound of the present invention mitigates a disease or a disorder in a host and/or reduces, inhibits, or eliminates a particular
characteristic or event associated with a disorder (e.g., infection caused by a
microorganism). Thus, the term "treatment" includes, preventing a disorder from occurring in a host, particularly when the host is predisposed to acquiring the disease, but has not yet been diagnosed with the disease; inhibiting the disorder; and/or alleviating or reversing the disorder. Insofar as the methods of the present invention are directed to preventing disorders, it is understood that the term "prevent" does not require that the disease state be completely thwarted. Rather, as used herein, the term preventing refers to the ability of the skilled artisan to identify a population that is susceptible to disorders, such that
administration of the compounds of the present invention may occur prior to onset of a disease. The term does not imply that the disease state be completely avoided.
Ranges can be expressed herein as from "about" one particular value, and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as "about" that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value "10" is disclosed, then "about 10" is also disclosed. It is also understood that when a value is disclosed, then "less than or equal to" the value, "greater than or equal to the value," and possible ranges between values are also disclosed, as appropriately understood by the skilled artisan. For example, if the value "10" is disclosed, then "less than or equal to 10" as well as "greater than or equal to 10" is also disclosed. It is also understood that throughout the application data are provided in a number of different formats and that this data represent endpoints and starting points and ranges for any combination of the data points. For example, if a particular data point "10" and a particular data point "15" are disclosed, it is understood that greater than, greater than or equal to, less than, less than or equal to, and equal to 10 and 15 are considered disclosed as well as between 10 and 15. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.By "antimicrobial" is meant the ability to treat or control (e.g., reduce, prevent, inhibit, break-down, or eliminate) microorganism growth or survival at any concentration. Similarly, the terms "antibacterial," "antiviral," and "antifungal" respectively mean the ability to treat or control (e.g., reduce, prevent, inhibit, break-down, or eliminate) bacterial, viral, and fungal growth or survival at any concentration.
The term "anion" is a type of ion and is included within the meaning of the term
"ion". An "anion" is any molecule, portion of a molecule (e.g., zwitterion), cluster of molecules, molecular complex, moiety, or atom that contains a net negative charge or that can be made to contain a net negative charge. The term "anion precursor" is used herein to specifically refer to a molecule that can be converted to an anion via a chemical reaction (e.g., deprotonation).
The term "cation" is a type of ion and is included within the meaning of the term "ion". A "cation" is any molecule, portion of a molecule (e.g., zwitterion), cluster of molecules, molecular complex, moiety, or atom, that contains a net positive charge or that can be made to contain a net positive charge. The term "cation precursor" is used herein to specifically refer to a molecule that can be converted to a cation via a chemical reaction (e.g., protonation or alkylation).
"Chemotherapeutic agent" is used herein to include any other pharmaceutically active compound that can be used in conjunction with the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors, for example, cytotoxic drugs such as 6-hydroxymethylacylfulvene, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, carmustine, doxorubicin, and methotrexate. Other chemotherapeutic agents also include anti-inflammatory drugs, i.e., non-steroidal antiinflammatory compounds such as aspirin.
Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer, diastereomer, and meso compound, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture.
The transcription factor Hypoxia-Inducible Factor 1 (HIF-1) is one of the key regulators of oxygen homeostasis. It regulates the physiological responses to low oxygen levels (hypoxia) and the pathophysiology of heart attack, cancer, stroke and chronic lung disease. HIF-1 is a heterodimeric protein that consists of two subunits, HIF-la and HIF-1 β. Whereas HIF-1 β is constitutively expressed, the expression of HIF-la is induced by oxygen concentrations below 6%. HIF- 1 heterodimers bind to the hypoxia response element (HRE), a 5-RCGTG-3 consensus sequence. Several dozen HIF-1 -regulated genes have been identified so far, including genes coding for proteins involved in angiogenesis, energy metabolism, erythropoiesis, cell proliferation and viability, vascular remodeling and vasomotor responses. Therefore, modulation of HIF activation in cells is critical to preventing, controlling, curing, or otherwise affecting a wide array of diseases, disease states, and conditions.
Hypoxia-inducible transcription factor 1 -alpha (HIF-la) plays a central role in cellular adaptation to reduced oxygen availability. Under hypoxic stress, activated HIF- la strives for oxygen homeostasis by not only maintaining intracellular energy production via the induction of angiogenesis and glycolysis, but also limiting energy consumption by virtue of the inhibition of cell proliferation and DNA repair. In general, HIF-la activates its target genes, inter alia, EPO, VEGF, and PGK1 through binding to the hypoxia- responsive element in the gene promoter (Wang, G.L. et ah, J Biol Chem (1993); 268: 21513-21518).
HIF- 1 a under normal healthy conditions wherein the cells have a sufficient supply of oxygen is readily converted to a degraded form by one of several 4-prolyl hydroxylase enzymes, inter alia, EGL 1 (herein referred to as HIFPH2). As stated above, when cells undergo hypoxia, this enzymatic transformation is slow or entirely stopped and HIF-la begins to build up in the cell. When this build up of HIF-la occurs, this protein combines with HIF-Ι β to form the active transcription factor complex HIF-1. This transcription factor then activates several biological pathways which are present as a response to and a means for alleviating the body's state of hypoxia. These responses include, inter alia, angiogenic, erythropoietic (EPO), glucose metabolism (PGK), matrix alteration, and enhanced capacity of phagocytes to respond to pathogens.
Figure 1 summaries the metabolism of HIF- la during normal healthy conditions.
The HIF a-subunits are unstable under normoxic conditions; cells continually synthesize and degrade these proteins. The short half-life of HIF-Ια is the byproduct of a family of O2- and iron-dependent prolyl hydroxylases (PHI -3), whose action directs HIF a-subunits for degradation by the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway in a process dependent upon interaction with von Hippel-Lindau tumor-suppressor protein (vHL). In Figure 1, PDH's represents the prolyl hydroxylases that act in the presence of an asparaginyl hydroxylase to hydroxylate prolines 402 and 564, as well as asparagines 804. From this point, because the hydroxylated HIF- la is also prevented from association with p300-CPB because of other factors, ubiquitin ligase begins to metabolize the hydroxylated HIF- 1 a via the vHL pathway.
In patients where there is a need for stimulating this response, for example, in patients in need of increased tissue oxygen due to peripheral vascular disease (PVD), inhibiting the HIF 1 enzymes, for example, Egl nine homolog 1 (HIFPH2), will stimulate the body's own angiogenic response without the consequences of oxygen deficiency. In addition, in diseases of ischemia, inter alia, CAD and anemia, stimulation of angiogenic, erythropoietic, and metabolism adaption can provide therapeutic benefits. Up regulation of HIF- la also provides a method for enhancing immunity, for example, by increasing the capacity of phagocytes.
There is therefore a long felt need for methods for controlling the activity of HIF- 1 a which can be effectively accomplished by compounds that inhibit the 4-prolyl hydroxylase enzymes that degrade HIF- la. This inhibition of 4-prolyl hydroxylase enzymes, inter alia, HIFPH2 (also referred to herein as EGL 1 or PHD2) and HIFPH3 (also referred to herein as EGLN3 of PHD-3) thereby provide a method for increasing the concentration of HIF- la in cells and thus providing methods for treating a variety of diseases or disease states.
Disclosed herein are methods for treating one or more diseases, conditions, syndromes, and the like that are affected by the level of hypoxia- inducible transcription factors. Regulation of these factors both during hypoxia and normoxia can provide methods for re-balancing or regulating one or more biological pathways associated with abnormal conditions, inter alia, invasion of the body by pathogens, inter alia, bacteria, fungi, viruses, and parasites, abnormal cellular regulation, i.e., cancer ischemia, and the side effects caused by vaccination.
Targeting HIF1 Stabilization in Cells
HIF-Ια is targeted for destruction via prolyl hydroxylation, an oxygen-dependent modification that signals for recognition by the E3 ubiquitin ligase complex containing the von Hippel-Lindau tumor suppressor (VHL). Three prolyl hydroxylases formerly referred to in the literature as EGL 1, EGLN2, and EGLN3 (also know as , have been identified in mammals, among which, EGL 1 (also known as HIFPH2 or PHD2), and EGLN3 (also known as HIFPH3 or PHD3), are hypoxia-inducible at their mRNA levels in a HIF-la dependent manner. HIF-la levels are controlled by these prolyl-4-hydroxylases by hydroxylating the HIF-la proline residues Pro-402 and Pro-564 in humans (Ivan, M. et ah, (2001) "HIFa targeted for VHL-mediated destruction by proline hydroxylation:
implications for (¾ sensing." Science 292, 464-468; Jaakkola, P. et ah, (2001) "Targeting of HIF- 1 a to the von Hippel-Lindau ubiquitylation complex by (Vregulated prolyl hydroxylation." Science 292, 468-472; and Masson, N. et ah, (2001) "Independent function of two destruction domains in hypoxia-inducible factor-a chains activated by prolyl hydroxylation." EMBO J. 20, 5197-5206). Under hypoxia conditions, EGLN1 and EGLN3 activity is suppressed.
Stimulated by a build up of the cellular concentration of HIF-la is the production of
Phosphoglycerate Kinase (PGK) and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF). It has been shown that stimulation of VEGF induces the formation of functional neo-vessels in the mouse cornea and enhanced blood flow in a dog model of coronary artery disease. The HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors of the present disclosure provide enhancement in the expression of multiple hypoxia inducible genes including VEGF, GAPDH and
erythropoietin (EPO). Additionally, the HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors of the present disclosure provide enhanced the accumulation of HIF 1 -a in the cytoplasm and nucleus. Transgenic mice expressing a constitutively active HIF-la in the skin have increased dermal vascularity and had a 13-fold increase in VEGF levels
Wounds
Chronic, non-healing wounds are a major cause of prolonged morbidity in the aged human population. This is especially the case in bedridden or diabetic patients who develop severe, non-healing skin ulcers. In many of these cases, the delay in healing is a result of inadequate blood supply either as a result of continuous pressure or of vascular blockage. Poor capillary circulation due to small artery atherosclerosis or venous stasis contributes to the failure to repair damaged tissue. Such tissues are often infected with microorganisms that proliferate unchallenged by the innate defense systems of the body which require well vascularized tissue to effectively eliminate pathogenic organisms. As a result, most therapeutic intervention centers on restoring blood flow to ischemic tissues thereby allowing nutrients and immunological factors access to the site of the wound.
The present disclosure relates to methods for treating wounds and promoting wound healing in a subject comprising, administering to a subject in need of treatment an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds.
The present disclosure relates to the use of one or more of the disclosed compounds for use in making a medicament for treating wounds and promoting wound healing.
Antimicrobial
The hypoxia-responsive transcription factor HIF-Ια is essential for regulation of inflammation in vivo. As such, it has been discovered (Peyssonnaux C. et ah, "HIF-la expression regulates the bactericidal capacity of phagocytes" J. Clinical Investigation 115(7), pp 1808- 1815 (2005)) that bacterial infection induces HIF-Ια expression in myeloid cells even under normoxic conditions, and that HIF-Ια regulates the generation of critical molecular effectors of immune defense including granule proteases, antimicrobial peptides, nitric oxide, and TNF-a. Bacterial infection induces a subset of HIF-Ια target genes specifically related to microbial killing, thereby demonstrating that HIF-Ια has an essential function in innate immunity distinct from hypoxic response. Therefore, HIF-la function is critical for myeloid cell bactericidal activity and the ability of the host to limit systemic spread of infection from an initial tissue focus. Increased activity of the HIF-la pathway through vHL deletion supports myeloid cell production of defense factors and improves bactericidal capacity. The disclosed compounds induce HIF-la activity and can also boost bacterial killing and NO production in a HIF- la-specific fashion. These discoveries provide methods for enhancing innate immune responses to microbial, for example, bacterial, infection.
Without wishing to be limited by theory, the disclosed compounds can increase the stabilization of HIF- 1 protein by acting directly or indirectly on one or more cellular processes which act to destabilize or to metabolize cellular components that stabilize the presence of HIF-1 protein, protect it from inhibition, or to increase the activity of the protein. Alternatively, the disclosed compounds can increase the activity of the HIF-1 protein by inhibiting or otherwise blocking the activity of compounds that inhibit the activity of the HIF- 1 protein. As such, disclosed herein is a method for improving the treatment of microbial infections by administering a substance that increases the activity or level of at least one HIF-1 protein in a subject suffering from the microbial infection or at increased risk of microbial infection.
In one aspect, disclosed herein are methods for modulating the activity of at least one HIF-1 protein. As such, the disclosed methods comprise contacting at least one HIF-1 protein or HIF-1 interacting protein with one or more of the disclosed compounds that modulate the activity of the HIF-1 protein, or causing contact between the protein and substance. In the embodiment, the contacting is accomplished in vitro. In another embodiment, the contacting is accomplished in vivo. In a further embodiment, the contacting is accomplished ex vivo.
In another aspect, disclosed herein is a method of treating a subject infected or at risk of infection by a microbial agent comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds. In one embodiment, the compound increases the amount or activity of HIF- 1. In another embodiment, the microbial agent is a pathogen. Iterations of this embodiment related to pathogens includes, bacteria, fungi, protozoa, viruses, yeasts, and the like. A yet further iteration of this aspect relates to a method for treating a subject infected by or at risk of infection by a microbial agent comprising, increasing the microbial pathogen-killing activity of the subject's immune cells.
One method for increasing the stabilization of HIF-1 is to inhibit the activity of 4- prolyl hydroxylase enzymes that begin the cellular break down of HIF- la thereby preventing HIF- la from combining with HIF-Ιβ to form HIF-1. As such, disclosed herein are methods for increasing the cellular response to disease states such as infection, i.e., presence of a pathogen such as a bacterium, a virus, a parasite, a yeast, a fungus, and the like by increasing phagocytosis. Also disclosed herein are methods for treating cancer by increasing the cellular immune response, for example, by stabilizing HIF-1, thereby increasing the ability of the body to reduce tumor size. Further disclosed herein are methods for treating diseases wherein an immune response can be stimulated by
vaccination.
The following chemical hierarchy is used throughout the specification to describe and enable the scope of the present disclosure and to particularly point out and distinctly claim the units which comprise the compounds of the present disclosure, however, unless otherwise specifically defined, the terms used herein are the same as those of the artisan of ordinary skill. The term "hydrocarbyl" stands for any carbon atom-based unit (organic molecule), said units optionally containing one or more organic functional group, including inorganic atom comprising salts, inter alia, carboxylate salts, quaternary ammonium salts. Within the broad meaning of the term "hydrocarbyl" are the classes "acyclic hydrocarbyl" and "cyclic hydrocarbyl" which terms are used to divide hydrocarbyl units into cyclic and non-cyclic classes.
As it relates to the following definitions, "cyclic hydrocarbyl" units can comprise only carbon atoms in the ring (carbocyclic and aryl rings) or can comprise one or more heteroatoms in the ring (heterocyclic and heteroaryl). For "carbocyclic" rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 3 carbon atoms; cyclopropyl. For "aryl" rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 6 carbon atoms; phenyl. For "heterocyclic" rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; diazirinyl. Ethylene oxide comprises 2 carbon atoms and is a C2 heterocycle. For "heteroaryl" rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl. The following is a non-limiting description of the terms "acyclic hydrocarbyl" and "cyclic hydrocarbyl" as used herein.
A. Substituted and unsubstituted acyclic hydrocarbyl:
For the purposes of the present disclosure the term "substituted and unsubstituted acyclic hydrocarbyl" encompasses 3 categories of units:
1) linear or branched alkyl, non-limiting examples of which include, methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), z'so-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), z'so-butyl (C4), tert- butyl (C4), and the like; substituted linear or branched alkyl, non-limiting examples of which includes, hydroxymethyl (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (Ci), 1 -chloroethyl (C2), 2-hydroxyethyl (C2), 1,2-difluoroethyl (C2), 3-carboxypropyl (C3), and the like.
2) linear or branched alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which include, ethenyl (C2), 3- propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2- methylethen-2-yl) (C3), buten-4-yl (C4), and the like; substituted linear or branched alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 2-chloroethenyl (also 2- chlorovinyl) (C2), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl (C4), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (Cg), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (Cg), and the like. linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which include, ethynyl (C2), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn- l-yl (C3), and 2-methyl-hex-4-yn-l -yl (C7); substituted linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2-yl (Cs), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C9), and the like.
Substituted and unsubstituted cyclic hydrocarbyl:
For the purposes of the present disclosure the term "substituted and unsubstituted cyclic hydrocarbyl" encompasses 5 categories of units:
The term "carbocyclic" is defined herein as "encompassing rings comprising from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the atoms which comprise said rings are limited to carbon atoms, and further each ring can be independently substituted with one or more moieties capable of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms." The following are non-limiting examples of "substituted and unsubstituted carbocyclic rings" which encompass the following categories of units:
i) carbocyclic rings having a single substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon ring, non-limiting examples of which include, cyclopropyl (C3), 2-methyl- cyclopropyl (C3), cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexyl (Ce), cyclohexenyl (Ce), cycloheptyl (C7), cyclooctanyl (Cs), 2,5- dimethylcyclopentyl (C5), 3,5-dichlorocyclohexyl (Ce), 4-hydroxycyclohexyl (Ce), and 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohex-l -yl (Ce).
ii) carbocyclic rings having two or more substituted or unsubstituted fused hydrocarbon rings, non-limiting examples of which include, octahydropentalenyl (Cs), octahydro-lH-indenyl (C9), 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-3H-inden-4-yl (C9), decalinyl (C10), decahydroazulenyl (C10).
iii) carbocyclic rings which are substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic hydrocarbon rings, non-limiting examples of which include, bicyclo-[2.1.1 ]hexanyl,
bicyclo [2.2.1 ]heptany 1, bicyclo [3.1.1 ]heptany 1, 1 , 3 -dimethyl [2.2.1 ]heptan-2 -y 1, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, and bicyclo[3.3.3]undecanyl.
The term "aryl" is defined herein as "units encompassing at least one phenyl or naphthyl ring and wherein there are no heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings fused to the phenyl or naphthyl ring and further each ring can be independently substituted with one or more moieties capable of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms." The following are non-limiting examples of "substituted and unsubstituted aryl rings" which encompass the following categories of units:
i) Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl rings; phenyl and naphthyl rings whether substituted or unsubstituted, non-limiting examples of which include, phenyl (Ce), naphthylen- 1 -yl (Cio), naphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2- hydroxyphenyl (Ce), 3-methylphenyl (Ce), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-(N,N- diethylamino)phenyl (Ce), 2-cyanophenyl (Ce), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl (Ce), 3- methoxyphenyl (Ce), 8-hydroxynaphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen-l - yl (Cio), and 6-cyano-naphthylen- l-yl (Cio).
ii) Ce or Cio aryl rings fused with 1 or 2 saturated rings non-limiting examples of which include, bicyclo[4.2.0]octa-l ,3,5-trienyl (C8), and indanyl (Cg).
The terms "heterocyclic" and/or "heterocycle" are defined herein as "units comprising one or more rings having from 3 to 20 atoms wherein at least one atom in at least one ring is a heteroatom chosen from nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), or sulfur (S), or mixtures of N, O, and S, and wherein further the ring which comprises the heteroatom is also not an aromatic ring." The following are non-limiting examples of "substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclic rings" which encompass the following categories of units:
i) heterocyclic units having a single ring containing one or more heteroatoms, non-limiting examples of which include, diazirinyl (Ci), aziridinyl (C2), urazolyl (C2), azetidinyl (C3), pyrazolidinyl (C3), imidazolidinyl (C3), oxazolidinyl (C3), isoxazolinyl (C3), thiazolidinyl (C3), isothiazolinyl (C3), oxathiazolidinonyl (C3), oxazolidinonyl (C3), hydantoinyl (C3), tetrahydrofuranyl (C4), pyrrolidinyl (C4), morpholinyl (C4), piperazinyl (C4), piperidinyl (C4), dihydropyranyl (C5), tetrahydropyranyl (C5), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C5), 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- lH- azepinyl (C6), 2,3-dihydro- lH-indole (C8), and 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (C9). ii) heterocyclic units having 2 or more rings one of which is a heterocyclic ring, non-limiting examples of which include hexahydro-lH-pyrrolizinyl (C7),
3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-lH-benzo[d]imidazolyl (C7), 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro- lH- indolyl (C8), 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl (C9), and decahydro-lH- cycloocta[b]pyrrolyl (Cio).
The term "heteroaryl" is defined herein as "encompassing one or more rings comprising from 5 to 20 atoms wherein at least one atom in at least one ring is a heteroatom chosen from nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), or sulfur (S), or mixtures of N, O, and S, and wherein further at least one of the rings which comprises a heteroatom is an aromatic ring." The following are non-limiting examples of "substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclic rings" which encompass the following categories of units: heteroaryl rings containing a single ring, non-limiting examples of which include, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (Ci), [l,2,3]triazolyl (C2), [l,2,4]triazolyl (C2), triazinyl (C3), thiazolyl (C3), lH-imidazolyl (C3), oxazolyl (C3), isoxazolyl (C3), isothiazolyl (C3), furanyl (C4), thiopheneyl (C4), pyrimidinyl (C4), 2-phenylpyrimidinyl (C4), pyridinyl (C5), 3-methylpyridinyl (C5), and 4-dimethylaminopyridinyl (C5).
ii) heteroaryl rings containing 2 or more fused rings one of which is a heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include: 7H-purinyl (C5), 9H-purinyl (C5), 6- amino-9H-purinyl (C5), 5H-pyrrolo[3,2-( Jpyrimidinyl (Ce), 7H-pyrrolo[2,3- ( jpyrimidinyl (Ce), pyrido[2,3-i/]pyrimidinyl (C7), 2-phenylbenzo[d]thiazolyl (C7), lH-indolyl (C8), 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-l-H-indolyl (C8), quinoxalinyl (C8), 5- methylquinoxalinyl (C8), quinazolinyl (C8), quinolinyl (C9), 8-hydroxy-quinolinyl (C9), and isoquinolinyl (C9).
Ci-Ce tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units (whether carbocyclic units, Ce or C10 aryl units, heterocyclic units, or heteroaryl units) which connected to another moiety, unit, or core of the molecule by way of a Ci-Ce alkylene unit. Non-limiting examples of tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units include benzyl Ci-(C6) having the formula:
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein Ra is optionally one or more independently chosen substitutions for hydrogen. Further examples include other aryl units, inter alia, (2- hydroxyphenyl)hexyl C6-(Ce); naphthalen-2-ylmethyl Ci-(Cio), 4-fluorobenzyl Ci- (Ce), 2-(3 -hydroxy -phenyl)ethyl C2-(Ce), as well as substituted and unsubstituted C3- C10 alkylenecarbocyclic units, for example, cyclopropylmethyl Ci-(C3),
cyclopentylethyl C2-(Cs), cyclohexylmethyl Ci-(C6);. Included within this category are substituted and unsubstituted C1-C10 alkylene-heteroaryl units, for example a 2- picolyl Ci-(C6) unit having the formula:
Figure imgf000017_0002
wherein Ra is the same as defined above. In addition, C1-C12 tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units include C1-C10 alkyleneheterocyclic units and alkylene-heteroaryl units, non-limiting examples of which include, aziridinylmethyl Ci-(C2) and oxazol- 2-ylmethyl d-(C3).
For the purposes of the present disclosure carbocyclic rings are from C3 to C20; aryl rings are Ce or Cio; heterocyclic rings are from Ci to C9; and heteroaryl rings are from Ci to
C9.
For the purposes of the present disclosure, and to provide consistency in defining the present disclosure, fused ring units, as well as spirocyclic rings, bicyclic rings and the like, which comprise a single heteroatom will be characterized and referred to herein as being encompassed by the cyclic family corresponding to the heteroatom containing ring, although the artisan can have alternative characterizations. For example, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinoline having the formula:
Figure imgf000018_0001
is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heterocyclic unit. 6,7-Dihydro- 5H-cyclopentapyrimidine having the formula:
Figure imgf000018_0002
is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heteroaryl unit. When a fused ring unit contains heteroatoms in both a saturated ring (heterocyclic ring) and an aryl ring (heteroaryl ring), the aryl ring will predominate and determine the type of category to which the ring is assigned herein for the purposes of describing the disclosure. For example, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-[l,8]naphthyridine having the formula:
Figure imgf000018_0003
is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heteroaryl unit.
The term "substituted" is used throughout the specification. The term "substituted" is applied to the units described herein as "substituted unit or moiety is a hydrocarbyl unit or moiety, whether acyclic or cyclic, which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent or several substituents as defined herein below." The units, when substituting for hydrogen atoms are capable of replacing one hydrogen atom, two hydrogen atoms, or three hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbyl moiety at a time. In addition, these substituents can replace two hydrogen atoms on two adjacent carbons to form said substituent, new moiety, or unit. For example, a substituted unit that requires a single hydrogen atom replacement includes halogen, hydroxyl, and the like. A two hydrogen atom replacement includes carbonyl, oximino, and the like. A two hydrogen atom replacement from adjacent carbon atoms includes epoxy, and the like. Three hydrogen replacement includes cyano, and the like. The term substituted is used throughout the present specification to indicate that a hydrocarbyl moiety, inter alia, aromatic ring, alkyl chain; can have one or more of the hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent. When a moiety is described as "substituted" any number of the hydrogen atoms can be replaced. For example, 4-hydroxyphenyl is a "substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring (aryl ring)", (N,N-dimethyl-5-amino)octanyl is a " substituted Cs linear alkyl unit, 3-guanidinopropyl is a "substituted C3 linear alkyl unit," and 2-carboxypyridinyl is a "substituted heteroaryl unit."
The following are non-limiting examples of units which can substitute for hydrogen atoms on a carbocyclic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl unit:
i) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; for example, methyl (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (CO, ethyl (C2), hydroxymethyl 1 -chloroethyl (C2), 2-hydroxyethyl (C2), 1,2- difluoroethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), z'so-propyl (C3), 3-carboxypropyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 2-methyl-cyclopropyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), z'so-butyl (C4), tert- butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C4), pentyl (C5), cyclopentyl (CO, hexyl (Ce), and cyclohexyl (Ce), and the like;
ii) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkenyl; for example, ethenyl (C2), 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C2), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), buten-4-yl (C4), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexenyl (Ce), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C9), and 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C9), and the like;
iii) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear or C3-C12 branched alkynyl; for example, ethynyl (C2), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-l-yl (C3), 2-methyl-hex-4- yn-l-yl (C7); 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2- yl (C8), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C9), and the like;
iv) substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl, 3,5-dinitrophenyl, 8- hydroxynaphth-l-yl, 6-sulfonylnapth-2-yl, and the like;
v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; for example, as defined further herein; substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; for example, as defined further herein;
halogen; for example, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;
-[C(R23a)(R23b)]xOR10;
R10 is chosen from:
a) -H;
b) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
c) Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl or alkylenearyl;
d) C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic;
e) Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
-[C(R23a)(R23b)]xN(Rlla)(Rl lb);
Rl la and Rl lb are each independently chosen from:
a) -H;
b) -OR12;
R12 is hydrogen or C1-C4 linear alkyl;
c) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
d) Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl;
e) C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic;
f) Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
g) Rl la and Rl lb can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
-[C(R23a)(R23b)]xC(0)R13;
R13 is:
a) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
b) -OR14;
R14 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear alkyl, Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic, Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
c) -N(R15a)(R15b); R15a and R15b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R15a and R15b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; xi) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xOC(0)R16;
R16 is:
a) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
b) -N(R17a)(R17b);
R17a and R17b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R17a and R17b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; xii) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xNR18C(0)R19;
R18 is:
a) -H; or
b) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear, C3-C4 branched, or C3-C4 cyclic alkyl;
R19is:
a) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
b) -N(R20a)(R20b);
R20a and R20b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R20a and R20b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; xiii) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xCN;
xiv) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xN02; xv)
xvi) branched alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce, C10, or C14 aryl; C7-C 5 alkylenearyl;
C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; or Ci-Cn substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R23a and R23b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl; and
the index x is an integer from 0 to 5.
The compounds disclosed herein include all salt forms, for example, salts of both basic groups, inter alia, amines, as well as salts of acidic groups, inter alia, carboxylic acids. The following are non-limiting examples of anions that can form salts with basic groups: chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, citrate, and the like. The following are non-limiting examples of cations that can form salts of acidic groups: sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, bismuth, and the like.
For the purposes of the present disclosure the terms "compound," "analog," and "composition of matter" stand equally well for one another and include all enantiomeric forms, diastereomeric forms, salts, and the like, and the terms "compound," "analog," and "composition of matter."
HIF-loc Prolyl Hydroxylase Inhibitors
The disclosed compounds have the following formulae:
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein L is chosen from CH2 or SO2, thereby providing for N-substituted benzyl or N- substituted sulfonylaryl-3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones. Y, R1 and R2 are further defined herein below. Disclosed herein are N-substituted benzyl and N-substituted sulfonylaryl-4- aminomethylene-3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones that are HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors having the formula:
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein R1 and R2 are further defined herein below.
Alkyl piperizine-l-carboxylates
One category of these compounds relates to C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl 4- {[(l-N- (chloro- or fluoro-substituted)-benzyl]- 3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl)methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylates having the formula:
Figure imgf000023_0002
wherein Z is a phenyl group that is substituted with from 1 to 5 halogen atomsthat are chosen from chloro and fluoro, and R1 and R2 are taken together to form a piperazine ring that is substituted with alkylcarboxy unit wherein R4 is chosen from C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl, for example, tert butyl 4 {[l-(4chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxol,2- dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000023_0003
One aspect of R4 units relates to compounds wherein R4 is tert-butyl (C4). Another aspect of R > 4 uni ·t-s re il„aites
Figure imgf000024_0001
( /C->i). A further aspec it o„.f R-> 4 units relates to compounds wherein R4 is ethyl (C2). A still further aspect of R4 units relat to compounds wherein R4 is chosen from n-propyl (C3), z'so-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec- butyl (C4), and z'sobutyl (C4). R4 is not hydrogen, therefore, a carboxylate unit having the formula: -CO2H is expressly excluded from this category, but may be included in other categories as described herein below.
Z is phenyl substituted with from 1 to 5 halogens chosen from fluorine and chlorine. One aspect of Z units relates to compounds wherein Z is 4-chlorophenyl. Another aspect of Z units relates to compounds wherein Z is chosen from 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2- fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl. A further aspect of Z units relates to compounds wherein Z is chosen from 2,3-difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5- difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5- dichlorophenyl, and 2,6-dichlorophenyl.
The following are non-limiting examples of compounds according to this category: methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000024_0002
methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate h
Figure imgf000024_0003
methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate h
Figure imgf000024_0004
ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000024_0005
ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000025_0001
ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate h
Figure imgf000025_0002
tert-butyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yljmethyl} -piperazine- 1 -c
Figure imgf000025_0003
tert-buty 1 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yljmethyl} -piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000025_0004
tert-butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yljmethyl} -piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000025_0005
methyl 4-{[l-(4-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}- piperazine- 1 -carboxylate h
Figure imgf000025_0006
methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate h
Figure imgf000025_0007
methyl 4-{[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}- piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000026_0001
ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000026_0002
ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000026_0003
ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate h
Figure imgf000026_0004
tert-butyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yljmethyl} -piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000026_0005
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yljmethyl} -piperazine- 1 -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000026_0006
tert-butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate having the formula:
Figure imgf000026_0007
Another category of compounds relates to N-unsubstituted-benzyl-4-aminomethyl-3- hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones, wherein Z is an unsubstituted phenyl group, having the formula:
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein R1 and R2 are are be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring.
A first aspect of this category relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein R1 and R2 are be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring represented by ring A having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and from 1 to 7 heteroatoms, and R200 represents from 0 to 40 substitutions form hydrogen. The index w is an integer from 0 to 40. Non-limiting examples of rings include diazirinyl (Ci), 1,2,3,4- tetrazolyl (Ci), aziridinyl (C2), urazolyl (C2), [l,2,3]triazolyl (C2), [l,2,4]triazolyl (C2), azetidinyl (C3), pyrazolidinyl (C3), imidazolidinyl (C3), oxazolidinyl (C3), isoxazolinyl (C3), isoxazolyl (C3), thiazolidinyl (C3), isothiazolyl (C3), isothiazolinyl (C3), oxathiazolidinonyl (C3), oxazolidinonyl (C3), hydantoinyl (C3), lH-imidazolyl (C3), pyrrolidinyl (C4), morpholinyl (C4), piperazinyl (C4), piperidinyl (C4), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C5), 7H-purinyl (C5), 9H-purinyl (C5), 6-amino-9H-purinyl (C5), 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-azepinyl (Ce), 5H-pyrrolo[3,2-i/]pyrimidinyl (Ce), 7H-pyrrolo[2,3-( Jpyrimidinyl (Ce), and 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinoline (C9).
Each R200 unit is independently chosen from:
i) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; for example, methyl (Ci), (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci),
aminomethyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), hydroxymethyl 1-chloroethyl (C2), 2-hydroxyethyl (C2), 1,2-difluoroethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), z'so-propyl (C3), 3-carboxypropyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 2-methyl-cyclopropyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C4), pentyl (C5), cyclopentyl (C5), hexyl (Ce), and cyclohexyl (Ce), and the like;
substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkenyl; for example, ethenyl (C2), 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C2), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), buten-4-yl (C4), 4-hydroxybuten-l -yl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexenyl (Ce), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C9), and 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C9), and the like;
substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear or C3-C12 branched alkynyl; for example, ethynyl (C2), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn- l-yl (C3), 2-methyl-hex-4- yn-l -yl (C7); 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2- yl (Cs), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C9), and the like;
substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl (Ce), naphthylen- 1- yl (Cio), naphthylen-2-yl (C10), 4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-hydroxyphenyl (Ce), 3- methylphenyl (Ce), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl (Ce), 2-cyanophenyl (Ce), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl (Ce), 3-methoxyphenyl (Ce), 8- hydroxynaphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen- l-yl (Cio), 6-cyano- naphthylen-l -yl (Cio), and the like;
substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; for example, diazirinyl (Ci), aziridinyl (C2), urazolyl (C2), azetidinyl (C3), pyrazolidinyl (C3), imidazolidinyl (C3), oxazolidinyl (C3), isoxazolinyl (C3), isoxazolyl (C3), thiazolidinyl (C3), isothiazolyl (C3), isothiazolinyl (C3), oxathiazolidinonyl (C3), oxazolidinonyl (C3), hydantoinyl (C3), tetrahydrofuranyl (C4), pyrrolidinyl (C4), morpholinyl (C4), piperazinyl (C4), piperidinyl (C4), dihydropyranyl (C5), tetrahydropyranyl (C5), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C5), and the like;
substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; for example, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (Ci),
[l ,2,3]triazolyl (C2), [ l ,2,4]triazolyl (C2), triazinyl (C3), thiazolyl (C3), 1H- imidazolyl (C3), oxazolyl (C3), furanyl (C4), thiopheneyl (C4), pyrimidinyl (C4), pyridinyl (C5), and the like;
halogen; for example, -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
-[C(R37a)(R37b)]yOR24;
R24 is chosen from:
a) -Η; b) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
c) substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl or C7 or C10 alkylenearyl; for example, phenyl or benzyl
d) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic;
e) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl;
for example, -OH, -CH2OH, -OCH3, -CH2OCH3, -OCH2CH3,
-CH2OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, and -CH2OCH2CH2CH3; ix) -[C(R37a)(R37b)]yN(R25a)(R25b);
R25a and R25b are each independently chosen from:
a) -H;
b) -OR26;
R26 is hydrogen or C1-C4 linear alkyl;
c) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
d) substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl;
e) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic;
f) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or
g) R25a and R25b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
for example, -NH2, -CH2NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -NHOH, -NHOCH3, -NH(CH2CH3), -CH2NHCH3, -CH2N(CH3)2, -CH2NH(CH2CH3), and the like;
x) -[C(R37a)(R37b)]yC(0)R27;
R27 is:
a) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
b) -OR28;
R28 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; c) -N(R29a)(R29b); are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or R29a and R29b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
for example, -COCH3, -CH2COCH3, -OCH2CH3, -CH2COCH2CH3, -COCH2CH2CH3, -CH2COCH2CH2CH3, and the like;
xi) -[C(R37a)(R37b)]yOC(0)R30;
R30 is:
a) C1-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl;
b) -N(R31a)(R31b);
R31a and R31b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or R31a and R31b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
for example, -OC(0)CH3, -CH2OC(0)CH3, -OC(0)NH2, -CH2OC(0)NH2, -OC(0)NHCH3, -CH2OC(0)NHCH3, -OC(0)N(CH3)2,
-CH2OC(0)N(CH3)2, and the like;
xii) -[C(R37a)(R37 )]yNR32C(0)R33;
R is:
a) -H; or
b) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear, C3-C4 branched, or C3-C4 cyclic alkyl; a) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
b) -N(R34a)(R34b);
R34a and R34b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted
C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R34a and R34b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; for example, -NHC(0)CH3, -CH2NHC(0)CH3, -NHC(0)NH2, -CH2NHC(0)NH2, -NHC(0)NHCH3, -CH2NHC(0)NHCH3, -OC(0)N(CH3)2, -CH2NHC(0)N(CH3)2, and the like;
xiii) -[C(R3 a)(R3 b)]yCN; for example; -CN, -CH2CN, and -CH2CH2CN;
xiv) -[C(R37a)(R37b)]yN02; for example; -N02, -CH2N02, and -CH2CH2N02;
xv) -[C(R37a)(R37b)]yR35; for example, -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CCI3, or -CBr3;
R35 is C1-C10 linear, C3-C10 branched, or C3-C10 cyclic alkyl substituted by from 1 to 21 halogen atoms chosen from -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
xvi) -[C(R37a)(R37b)]yS02R36;
R36 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce, Cw, or C 4 aryl; C7-C 5 alkylenearyl; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C11 heteroaryl;
for example, -S02H, -CH2S02H, -S02CH3, -CH2S02CH3, -S02C6H5, and
-CH2S02C6H5; and
xv) two hydrogen atoms on a ring carbon atom can be substituted to form a =0, =S, or =NH unit;
R37a and R37b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl; and
the index y is an integer from 0 to 5.
A first embodiment of this aspect relates to compounds wherein R1 and R2 are taken together to form a 5-member substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heterocyclic or a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include a ring chosen from:
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
ϋ)
Figure imgf000032_0002
iii)
iv)
Figure imgf000032_0003
v)
vi)
Figure imgf000032_0004
vii)
viii)
Figure imgf000032_0005
A first iteration of this embodiment relates to HIF-Ι α prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors having the formula:
Figure imgf000033_0001
R represents from 0 to 2 substitutions for a ring hydrogen, wherein the substitutions for hydrogen are independently chosen from:
i) C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl;
ϋ) C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkoxy;
iii) hydroxyl;
iv) cyano;
v) nitro;
vi) amino, methylamino, or dimethylamino;
vii) carboxy, methyl carboxy; or ethyl carboxy;
viii) formyl, acetyl, or propionyl;
ix) amido, methyl amido, or dimethyl amido;
x) halogen;
xi) heterocyclic; or
xii) heteroaryl.
Non-limiting examples of this iteration include HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors having the formula:
Figure imgf000033_0002
Figure imgf000034_0001
A further iteration of this embodiment relates to HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R1 and R2 are taken together to form a 5 -member substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having more than one heteroatom in the ring Non-limiting examples include:
Figure imgf000034_0002
Another embodiment of this aspect relates to HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R1 and R2 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted C4-Cn heterocyclic or a substituted or unsubstituted C4-Cn heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which are chosen from:
ϋ)
Figure imgf000034_0003
iii)
Figure imgf000035_0001

Figure imgf000036_0001
i) C1-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; for example, methyl (Ci), (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), hydroxymethyl 1-chloroethyl (C2), 2-hydroxyethyl (C2), 1,2-difluoroethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), z'so-propyl (C3), 3-carboxypropyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 2-methyl- cyclopropyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), z'so-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C4), pentyl (C5), cyclopentyl (C5), hexyl (C6), and cyclohexyl (Ce), and the like;
ii) C2-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl; for example, ethenyl (C2), 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C2), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), buten-4-yl (C4), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentenyl (C5),
cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexenyl (Ce), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C9), and 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C9), and the like;
iii) C2-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl; for example, ethynyl (C2), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-l-yl (C3), 2-methyl-hex-4-yn-l-yl (C7); 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2-yl (C8), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C9), and the like;
iv) Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl; for example, phenyl (Ce), naphthylen-1- yl (Cio), naphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-hydroxyphenyl (Ce), 3- methylphenyl (Ce), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl (Ce), 2-cyanophenyl (Ce), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl (Ce), 3-methoxyphenyl (Ce), 8- hydroxynaphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen-l-yl (Cio), 6-cyano- naphthylen-l-yl (Cio), and the like;
v) C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; for example, diazirinyl (Ci),
aziridinyl (C2), urazolyl (C2), azetidinyl (C3), pyrazolidinyl (C3), imidazolidinyl (C3), oxazolidinyl (C3), isoxazolinyl (C3), isoxazolyl (C3), thiazolidinyl (C3), isothiazolyl (C3), isothiazolinyl (C3), oxathiazolidinonyl (C3), oxazolidinonyl (C3), hydantoinyl (C3), tetrahydrofuranyl (C4), pyrrolidinyl (C4), morpholinyl (C4), piperazinyl (C4), piperidinyl (C4), dihydropyranyl (C5), tetrahydropyranyl (C5), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C5), and the like;
vi) C1-C11 substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; for example, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (Ci), [l,2,3]triazolyl (C2), [l,2,4]triazolyl (C2), triazinyl (C3), thiazolyl (C3), 1H- imidazolyl (C3), oxazolyl (C3), furanyl (C4), thiopheneyl (C4), pyrimidinyl (C4), pyridinyl (C5), and the like; halogen; for example, -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
-[C(R23a)(R23b)]xOR10;
R10 is chosen from:
a) -H;
b) C1-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl;
c) Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl or alkylenearyl;
d) C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic;
e) C1-C11 substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
for example, -OH, -CH2OH, -OCH3, -CH2OCH3, -OCH2CH3,
-CH2OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, and -CH2OCH2CH2CH3;
-[C(R23a)(R23b)]xN(Rlla)(Rl lb);
Rl la and Rl lb are each independently chosen from:
a) -H;
b) -OR12;
R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C4 linear alkyl;
c) Ci-Ci2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl;
d) Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl;
e) C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic;
f) C1-C11 substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
g) Rl la and Rl lb can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
for example, -NH2, -CH2NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -NHOH, -NHOCH3, -NH(CH2CH3), -CH2NHCH3, -CH2N(CH3)2, -CH2NH(CH2CH3), and the like;
-[C(R23a)(R23b)]xC(0)R13;
R13 is:
a) Ci-Ci2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl;
b) -OR14;
R14 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear alkyl, Ce or Cio substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic, Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
c) -N(R15a)(R15b); R15a and R15b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C12 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R15a and R15b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; for example, -COCH3, -CH2COCH3, -OCH2CH3, -CH2COCH2CH3, -COCH2CH2CH3, -CH2COCH2CH2CH3, and the like;
-[C(R23a)(R23b)]xOC(0)R16;
R16 is:
a) Ci-Ci2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl;
b) -N(R17a)(R17b);
R17a and R17b are each independently hydrogen, Ci-Ci2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R17a and R17b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
-[C(R23a)(R23b)]xNR18C(0)R19;
R18 is:
a) -H; or
b) C1-C4 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl;
R19is:
a) Ci-Ci2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl;
b) -N(R20a)(R20b);
R20a and R20b are each independently hydrogen, Ci-Ci2 substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; Ce or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or R20a and R20b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; for example, -NHC(0)CH3, -CH2NHC(0)CH3, -NHC(0)NH2,
-CH2NHC(0)NH2, -NHC(0)NHCH3, -CH2NHC(0)NHCH3, -
OC(0)N(CH3)2, -CH2NHC(0)N(CH3)2, and the like; xiii) -[C(R23a)(R23 )]xCN; for example; -CN, -CH2CN, and -CH2CH2CN;
xiv) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xN02; for example; -N02, -CH2N02, and -CH2CH2N02;
xv) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xR21; for example, -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CC13, or -CBr3;
R21 is Ci-Cio linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl substituted by from 1 to 21 halogen atoms chosen from -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
xvi) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xS02R22;
R22 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce, Cw, or C14 aryl; C7-C15 alkylenearyl; C1-C9 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; or Ci-Cn substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; for example, -S02H, -CH2S02H, -S02CH3, -CH2S02CH3, -S02C6H5, and -CH2S02C6H5;
R2 a and R23b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl; and
the index x is an integer from 0 to 5.
Non-limitin examples of this category include compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0001
A further category of compounds relates to unsubstituted N-benzyl-4-aminomethyl- 3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones having the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0002
wherein R1 and R2 are each independently chosen from:
i) hydrogen;
ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl;
iii) substituted or unsubstituted C2-Cio linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 linear or branched alkynyl;
v) substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl;
vi) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or
vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl.
The first aspect of this category relates to HIF-Ι α prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R2 is hydrogen and R1 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic or C1-C9 heteroaryl. In a first embodiment, R1 is a substituted heterocyclic group, non-limiting examples of which include aziridinyl (C2), azetidinyl (C3), pyrrolidinyl (C4), morpholinyl (C4), piperazinyl (C4), piperidinyl (C4), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C5), and azepan-2- only (caprolactam) (Ce), wherein the R1 unit can be bonded to the nitrogen atom at any position in the ring. In addition, the C1-C9 heterocyclic or C1-C9 heteroaryl ring can be substituted at any position whether a ring carbon or a ring heteroatom, for example, a ring nitrogen. Non-limiting examples of this embodiment include:
Figure imgf000041_0001
In another embodiment, R2 is hydrogen and R1 is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl ring can be substituted at any ring position. Non-limiting examples of this embodiment include:
Figure imgf000042_0001
A yet further category of compounds relates to unsubstituted N-benzyl-4- aminomethyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones having the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0002
R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cio linear or branched alkyl, wherein the alkyl unit can be substituted by one or more units independently chosen from:
Ci-Cs linear, branched, or cyclic alkoxy;
ii) hydroxy;
iii) halogen;
iv) cyano;
v) amino, Ci-Cs mono-alkylamino, Ci-Cs di-alkylamino;
vi) -SR40; R40 is hydro gen or C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl;
vii) substituted or unsubstituted Ce of C10 aryl;
viii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or
ix) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl.
Non-limiting examples of this category include:
Figure imgf000043_0001
A still further category of the disclosed compounds has the formula:
Figure imgf000043_0002
wherein R and the index w are the same as defined herein above. R represents from 0 to 5 substitutions for hydrogen, wherein each R is independently chosen from:
i) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; for example, methyl (Ci), (Ci), chloromethyl (Ci), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), hydroxymethyl 1-chloroethyl (C2), 2-hydroxyethyl (C2), 1,2-difluoroethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), z'so-propyl (C3), 3-carboxypropyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 2-methyl-cyclopropyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C4), pentyl (C5), cyclopentyl (C5), hexyl (Ce), and cyclohexyl (Ce), and the like;
ii) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkenyl; for example, ethenyl (C2), 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C2), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), buten-4-yl (C4), 4-hydroxybuten-l -yl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexenyl (Ce), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C9), and 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C9), and the like;
iii) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C12 linear or C3-C12 branched alkynyl; for example, ethynyl (C2), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn- l-yl (C3), 2-methyl-hex-4- yn-l -yl (C7); 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2- yl (Cs), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C9), and the like;
iv) substituted or unsubstituted C or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl (Ce), naphthylen- 1- yl (Cio), naphthylen-2-yl (C10), 4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-hydroxyphenyl (Ce), 3- methylphenyl (Ce), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl (Ce), 2-cyanophenyl (Ce), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl (Ce), 3-methoxyphenyl (Ce), 8- hydroxynaphthylen-2-yl (Cio), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen- l-yl (Cio), 6-cyano- naphthylen-l -yl (Cio), and the like;
v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; for example, diazirinyl (Ci),
aziridinyl (C2), urazolyl (C2), azetidinyl (C3), pyrazolidinyl (C3), imidazolidinyl (C3), oxazolidinyl (C3), isoxazolinyl (C3), isoxazolyl (C3), thiazolidinyl (C3), isothiazolyl (C3), isothiazolinyl (C3), oxathiazolidinonyl (C3), oxazolidinonyl (C3), hydantoinyl (C3), tetrahydrofuranyl (C4), pyrrolidinyl (C4), morpholinyl (C4), piperazinyl (C4), piperidinyl (C4), dihydropyranyl (C5), tetrahydropyranyl (C5), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C5), and the like;
vi) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; for example, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (Ci), [l ,2,3]triazolyl (C2), [ l ,2,4]triazolyl (C2), triazinyl (C3), thiazolyl (C3), 1H- imidazolyl (C3), oxazolyl (C3), furanyl (C4), thiopheneyl (C4), pyrimidinyl (C4), pyridinyl (C5), and the like;
vii) halogen; for example, -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
viii) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xOR10; R is chosen from:
a) -H;
b) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl;
c) substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl or C7 or C10 alkylenearyl;
d) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic;
e) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl;
for example, -OH, -CH2OH, -OCH3, -CH2OCH3, -OCH2CH3,
-CH2OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, and -CH2OCH2CH2CH3;
ix) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xN(Rl la)(Rl lb);
Rl la and Rl lb are each independently chosen from:
a) -H;
b) -OR12;
R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C4 linear alkyl;
c) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 linear, C3-Ci2 branched, or C3-Ci2 cyclic alkyl;
d) substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl;
e) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic;
f) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or
g) Rl la and Rl lb can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
for example, -NH2, -CH2NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -NHOH, -NHOCH3, -NH(CH2CH3), -CH2NHCH3, -CH2N(CH3)2, -CH2NH(CH2CH3), and the like;
x) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xC(0)R13;
R13 is:
a) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 linear, C3-Ci2 branched, or C3-Ci2 cyclic alkyl;
b) -OR14;
R14 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl;
c) -N(R15a)(R15b); R15a and R15b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or R15a and R15b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
for example, -COCH3, -CH2COCH3, -OCH2CH3, -CH2COCH2CH3, -COCH2CH2CH3, -CH2COCH2CH2CH3, and the like;
xi) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xOC(0)R16;
R16 is:
a) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 linear, C3-C branched, or C3-C cyclic alkyl;
b) -N(R17a)(R17b);
R17a and R17b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted
Ci-Ci2 linear, C3-C branched, or C3-C cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or R17a and R17b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
xii) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xNR18C(0)R19;
R18 is:
a) -H; or
b) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear, C3-C4 branched, or C3-C4 cyclic alkyl;
R19is:
a) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ci2 linear, C3-C branched, or C3-C cyclic alkyl;
b) -N(R20a)(R20b);
R20a and R20b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted
Ci-Ci2 linear, C3-C branched, or C3-C cyclic alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce or C10 aryl; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cn heteroaryl; or R20a and R20b can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 3 heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
for example, -NHC(0)CH3, -CH2NHC(0)CH3, -NHC(0)NH2, -CH2NHC(0)NH2, -NHC(0)NHCH3, -CH2NHC(0)NHCH3, -OC(0)N(CH3)2, -CH2NHC(0)N(CH3)2, and the like;
xiii) -[C(R23a)(R23 )]xCN; for example; -CN, -CH2CN, and -CH2CH2CN;
xiv) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xN02; for example; -N02, -CH2N02, and -CH2CH2N02;
xv) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xR21; for example, -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CC13, or -CBr3;
R21 is Ci-Cio linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl substituted by from 1 to 21 halogen atoms chosen from -F, -CI, -Br, or -I;
xvi) -[C(R23a)(R23b)]xS02R22;
R22 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted Ce, C10, or C14 aryl; C7-C15 alkylenearyl; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-
C11 heteroaryl; for example, -S02H, -CH2S02H, -S02CH3, -CH2S02CH3, -
S02C6H5, and -CH2S02C6H5;
R23a and R23b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl; and
the index x is an integer from 0 to 5.
One aspect embodiment of this category relates to HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R1 and R2 are taken together to form a 5 -member substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heterocyclic or a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include a ring chosen from:
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
iv)
Figure imgf000048_0002
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
Figure imgf000048_0003
Another aspect of this category relates to HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors wherein R1 and R2 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted C4-Cn heterocyclic or a substituted or unsubstituted C4-Cn heteroaryl ring, non-limiting exampli of which are chosen from:
i)
Figure imgf000048_0004
ϋ)
Figure imgf000049_0001
iii)
Figure imgf000049_0002
iv) v)
Figure imgf000049_0003
Non-limiting examples of this category include compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000050_0001
branched alkyl, wherein the alkyl unit can be substituted by one or more units independently chosen from:
i) Ci-Cs linear, C3-C8 branched, or C3-C8 cyclic alkoxy;
ii) hydroxy;
iii) halogen;
iv) cyano;
v) amino, Ci-Cs mono-alkylamino, Ci-Cs di-alkylamino;
vi) -SR40; R40 is hydro gen or C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl;
vii) substituted or unsubstituted Ce of C10 aryl;
viii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or
ix) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl.
Non-limiting examples of this category include:
Figure imgf000051_0001
A still yet further category of the disclosed HIF- Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having
Figure imgf000051_0002
wherein R1 and R2 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazine ring, the substitutions on the ring as defined for R200 herein above.
A yet still further category of the disclosed HIF- Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors have the formula:
Figure imgf000052_0001
wherein R1 and R2 can be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and from 1 to 7 heteroatoms wherein the rings formed exclude a excluding a piperazine ring.
Also disclosed herein are N-substituted benzyl or N-substituted sulfonylaryl-3- hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones having the formula:
Figure imgf000052_0002
that can be used to stimulate the cellular immune response in a subject. For these compounds, Z and L are the same as disclosed herein above. Non-limiting examples of these compounds include:
l-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula:
Figure imgf000052_0003
l-(3-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula:
Figure imgf000052_0004
l-(2-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula:
Figure imgf000052_0005
Further disclosed herein are N-substituted benzyl or N-substituted sulfonylaryl-5- substituted-3-hydroxypyridin-2-(lH)-ones having the formula:
Figure imgf000052_0006
wherein Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, Z and L are the same as defined herein above.
One aspect of Y relates to a phenyl group that is substituted with from 1 to 5 halogen atoms, for example, Y is chosen from 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2 -fluorophenyl, 3- fluorophenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl. A further aspect of Y units relates to compounds wherein Y is chosen from 2,3-difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6- difluorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, and 2,6- dichlorophenyl.
A non-limiting example of compounds according to this category include l-(4- chlorobenzyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula:
Figure imgf000053_0001
Further non-limiting examples include:
l-(2-chlorobenzyl)-5- 3-chlorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(2-chlorobenzyl)-5- ^3 -chlorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(2-chlorobenzyl)-5- ^4-chlorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(3-chlorobenzyl)-5- 3-chlorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(3-chlorobenzyl)-5- ^3 -chlorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(3-chlorobenzyl)-5- ^4-chlorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-5- 3- chlorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-5- ^3 -chlorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-5- 2-chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-5- 3 -chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-5- 4- chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(3-fluorobenzyl)-5- 2-chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(3-fluorobenzyl)-5- 3 -chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(3-fluorobenzyl)-5- 4-chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(4-fluorobenzyl)-5- 2- chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(4-fluorobenzyl)-5- 3 -chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one
l-(4-fluorobenzyl)-5- 4-chlorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one
l-(2-chlorobenzyl)-5- 3- fluorophenyl)-3 - hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one;
l-(2-chlorobenzyl)-5- ^3-fluorophenyl)-3- hydroxypyridin-2 lH)-one; 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one;
1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-5-(2-fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one;
1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-5-(3 -fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one;
1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one;
1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-5-(2-fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one;
1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-5-(3 -fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one;
1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-5-(3 -fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one
1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-5-(2-fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one;
l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-5-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one;
l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one;
l-(3-fluorobenzyl)-5-(2-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one;
l-(3-fluorobenzyl)-5-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one;
l-(3-fluorobenzyl)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one;
1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-5-(2-fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one;
1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-5-(3 -fluorophenyl)-3 -hydroxypyridin-2( 1 H)-one; and l-(4-fluorobenzyl)-5-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one.
The disclosed compounds are organized into several categories for the strictly non- limiting purpose of describing alternatives for synthetic strategies for the preparation of subgenera of compounds within the scope of the disclosed compounds that are not expressly exemplified herein. This mental organization into categories does not imply anything with respect to increased or decreased biological efficacy with respect to any of the compounds or compositions of matter described herein.
Category I of the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein A is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having from 2 to
20 carbon atoms and from 1 to 7 heteroatoms, R200 represents from 0 to 40 substitutions form hydrogen, R represents from 1 to 5 substitutions for hydrogen as defined herein above, and the index n is from 1 to 5. Table I provides representative examples of compounds according to this category.
TABLE I
Figure imgf000055_0001
The disclosed compounds of this category can be prepared by the procedure outlined herein below in Scheme I and described in Example 1. Scheme I
Figure imgf000056_0001
1
Reagents and conditions: (a) TBDMSC1, imidazole, DMF: rt, 30
Figure imgf000056_0002
Reagents and conditions: (b) (4-chloro)benzyl chloride, CS2CO3, THF; rt.
Figure imgf000056_0003
2 3
Reagents and conditions: (c) 5 M HC1, EtOH; 30 min.
Figure imgf000056_0004
3 4
Reagents and conditions: (d)(i) H2CHO, AcOH, t-Boc-piperazine, EtOH; 3 days.
EXAMPLE 1
teii-Butyl-{[l-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (4)
Preparation of 3-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-lH-pyridin-2-one (1): 3- Hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one (15 g, 135 mmol) and imidazole (23 g, 338 mmol) were suspended in dimethylformamide (200 mL) under inert atmosphere. A solution of tert- butyldimethylsilyl chloride (20.5 g, 136 mmol) in dimethylformamide (200 mL) is added dropwise at room temperature over 30 minutes. The reaction was then allowed to stir overnight. The resulting solution was then poured into water (300 mL) and the mixture extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (3 x 500 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (300 mL), brine (300 mL) then dried over Na2S04. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude product crystallized from heptanes to afford 16.3 g (53% yield) of the desired product. ¾ NMR (250 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 12.98 (1H, m); 6.91 (1H, dd, J = 1. Hz, J = 6.8 Hz); 6.81 (1H, dd, J = 1.8 Hz, J = 7.2 Hz); 6.02 - 6.007 (1H, m); 0.90 (9H, s), and 0.17 (6H, s).
Preparation of 3 -(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)- 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)- lH-prydin-2-one (2): At 0 °C under an inert atmosphere, a solution of 4-chlorobenzyl chloride (4.44 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 3-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-lH- pyridin-2-one, 1, (1 g, 4,44 mmol) and CsC03 (2.17 g, 6.66 mmol) in THF (10 mL). The reaction solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued overnight. The resulting solution was diluted with water (40 mL) and then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL) then dried over Na2S04. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude product purified over silica (EtOAc:heptane 4: 1) to afford the desired product as a white solid.
Preparation of l-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one (3): To a solution of 3-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-l-(3-chlorobenzyl)-lH-prydin-2-one, 2, (2.36 g, 10 mmol) in EtOAc (25 mL) as added 5 M HQ (25 mL) with vigorous stirring at room temperature. The reaction was monitored by TLC for the disappearance of starting material and was complete within 30 minutes. The organic layer was decanted and the aqueous phase extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was recrystallized from dichloromethane. The yield was nearly quantitative. XH NMR (360 MHz, DMSO-i/6) 8 ppm 5.12 (2H, s); 6.13 (1 H, t, J= 7.04); 6.71 (1H, dd, J= 7.04, 1.59); 7.23-7.28 (2H, m); 7.36-7.43 (2H, m); 9.10 (1H, br. s). Preparation of tert-butyl- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydro- pyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (4): tert-Butyl piperazine-l-carboxylate (97.6 mmol), formaldehyde (8 mL of a 37% soln., 97.6 mmol) and acetic acid (8 mL) were dissolved in ethanol (350 mL) and the solution stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. A solution of l-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one, 3, (48.8 mmol) in ethanol (350 mL) was added dropwise over 30 minutes. After 3 days of stirring, formaldehyde (3 mL) was added and the reaction heated to 50 °C after which the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to approximately 500 mL. The desired product is obtained by crystallization from ethanol. XH NMR (250 MHz, CDC13) d ppm 1.46 (s, 9H); 2.38-2.57 (m, 4H); 3.40-3.49 (m, 4H); 3.51 (s, 2H); 5.13 (s, 2H); 6.13 (d, J = 7.16 Hz), 1H); 6.79 (d, J = 7.16 Hz, 1H); 7.20-7.41 (m, 4H); 8.33-8.85 (m, 1H). The disclosed biological data relate to A41.
Category II of the disclosed prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein A is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and from 1 to 7 heteroatoms, and R200 represents from 0 to 40 substitutions form hydrogen. Table II provides representative examples of compounds according to this category.
TABLE II
Figure imgf000058_0002
Figure imgf000059_0001
The compounds according to Category II can be prepared according to the procedure outlined in Scheme I and disclosed in Example 1. The following are further examples of inhibitors according to Category II.
Figure imgf000059_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(piperidin-l-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.81 (m, 6H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 6.31 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 6H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, CD3OD) δ 85.5; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 21.3, 22.7, 51.8, 52.5, 53.1, 106.4, 117.4, 127.7, 128.0, 128.2, 128.9, 137.3, 147.4, 158.0; ES MS(M+1) 299.12; HRMS Calcd. For Ci8H22N202, 298.38. Found (M+l) 299.17.
Figure imgf000059_0003
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.25 (m, 4H), 3.81 (m, 4H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.31 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 6H); 19FNMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.5; 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 51.6, 51.8, 53.4, 63.5, 107.9, 1 19.1, 127.8, 128.0, 128.2, 128.9, 137.3, 147.5, 158.3; ES MS(M+1) 301.12; HRMS Calcd. For Ci7H2oN203, 300.35.
Figure imgf000059_0004
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(thiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one:
^MR^OO MHz, DMSO) δ 2.92 (m, 4H), 3.38 (m, 4H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.29 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 9.97 (s, 1H); 19F NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.4; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 24.3, 51.9, 53.4, 53.7, 107.9, 1 10.9, 127.8, 128.0, 128.2, 128.8, 137.2, 147.6, 157.6; ES MS (M+l) 317.14; HRMS Calcd. For Ci7H20N2O2S, 316.42.
Found: (M+l) 317.13.
Figure imgf000060_0001
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(thiazolidin-3-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: 1HNMR (300
MHz, DMSO) δ 3.09 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 10.48 (broad s, 1H); 19FNMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 87.9; 13CNMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 28.3, 48.3, 50.1, 56.3, 57.0, 107.4, 122.1, 127.8, 128.2, 128.8, 137.4, 146.3, 157.6; ES MS (M+l) 303.08; Anal. Calcd for Ci8H19N204SF, C, 51.92; H, 4.60; N, 6.73; S, 7.70. Found: C, 51.67; H, 4.48; N, 6.69; S, 7.65.
Figure imgf000060_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(pyrrolidin-l-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.96 (s, 4H), 3.16 (s, 2H), 3.43 (s, 2H),4.23 (s, 4H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.7; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 22.8, 50.9, 51.8, 53.7, 107.3, 118.0, 128.0, 128.2, 128.9, 137.3, 146.7, 157.6; ES MS (M+l) 285.13; Anal. Calcd. For Ci9H21F3N204, C, 57.28; H, 5.31; N, 7.03. Found: C, 57.10; H, 5.1 1, N, 7.02.
Figure imgf000060_0003
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(4-benzylpiperidin-l-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH
NMR (DMSO) δ 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 4H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 3H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.8; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ; ES MS(M+1) 389.21; HRMS Calcd. For C25H28N202, 388.50. Found (M+l) 389.22.
Figure imgf000060_0004
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(4-benzylpiperazin-l-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: ΧΗ
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.1 1 (broad s, 4H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.24 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 7.46 (m, 5H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.2; 13C (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ; ES MS(M+1) 390.21; HRMS Calcd. For C24H27N302, 389.49. Found (M+1) 390.21.
Figure imgf000061_0001
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(3-hydroxypyrrolidin-l-yl)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)-one:
1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.90 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.47 (m, 3H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 89.0; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 51.8, 52.6, 61.3, 68.6, 107.4, 117.9, 128.0, 128.2, 128.9, 137.3, 146.7, 157.6; ES MS(M+1) 301.13; HRMS Calcd. For Ci7H2oN203, 300.35. Found: (M+1) 301.15.
Figure imgf000061_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(l,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4,5]dec-8-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)- one: ^ NMR ^OO MHz, DMSO) δ 1.90 (m, 4H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.93 (s, 4H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 12 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 10.01 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.3; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 31.7, 50.7, 51.9, 52.5, 64.5, 101.1, 108.0, 1 16.5, 127.8, 128.0, 128.3, 128.9, 137.3, 147.5 157.6; ES MS(M+1) 357.19; HRMS Calcd. For C2oH24N Found(M+l) 357.18.
Figure imgf000061_0003
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-azepan-l-ylmethylpyridin-2(lH)-one: Η NMR (300
MHz, DMSO) δ 1.61 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.9; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 22.8, 26.4, 51.8, 53.4, 54.4, 107.6, 1 17.2, 127.9, 128.0, 18.2, 128.9, 137.3, 147.2, 157.6; ES MS(M+1) 313.18; HRM 04, 312.41. Found (M+1) 313.19.
Figure imgf000061_0004
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(azocan-l-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: ΧΗ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.59 (m, 10H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.9; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ; ES MS(M+1) 327.2; HRMS Calcd. For C2oH26N202, 326.43. Found (M+1) 327.20.
Figure imgf000062_0001
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-(l,4'-bipiperidinyl-l'-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.43-1.98 (m, 10H), 2.21 (m, 2H), 3.01 (m, 4H), 3.43 (m, 3H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 9.85 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.7; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 21.6, 22.9, 23.8, 49.6, 50.5, 51.8, 53.0, 59.5, 108.0, 127.8, 128.0, 128.2, 128.9, 137.3, 147.5, 157.6; ES MS(M+1) 382.4; HRMS Calcd. For C23H31 (M+1) 382.25.
Figure imgf000062_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(3,4-dihydroquinolin-l(2H)-yl)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)- one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.13 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H),
4.41 (s, 2H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.41 (m, 10H), 10.15 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.9; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 25.4; 49.3, 51.8, 52.7, 52.9, 107.6, 11.6, 116.8, 126.9, 127.0, 127.9, 128.0, 128.1, 128.2, 128.8, 128.9, 131.7, 137.3, 147.3, 157.6; ES MS(M+1) 347.40; HRMS Calcd. For C22H22N202, 346.42. Found (M+1) 347.17.
Figure imgf000062_0003
Methyl l-[(l-benzyl-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl)methyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate: XH NMR (300 MHz,.DMSO) δ 2.01 (m, 3H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 3.26 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.30 (m, 3H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.27 (d, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 6H), 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.3; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ; ES MS(M+1) 343.20; HRMS Calcd. For Ci9H22N204, 342.39. Found (M+1)
Figure imgf000063_0001
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-{[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]methyl}pyridin- 2(lH)-one: lH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.99 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 9.60 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.3; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ; ES MS(M+1) 329.2; HRMS Calcd. For C19H24N2O3, 328.41. Found (M+1)
Figure imgf000063_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-{[2-(pyrdin-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]methyl}pyridin-2(lH)- one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.12 (m, 4H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 4.07 (m,
2H), 4.60 (m,. 1H), 5.10 (m, 2H), 6.15 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (m, 6H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 8.05 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.0; ES MS(M+1) 362.22; HR , 361.44. Found (M+1).
Figure imgf000063_0003
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[4-(6-chloropyridazin-3-yl)piperazin-l-ylmethyl]pyridin- 2(lH)-one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.48 (m, 4H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.62 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 6H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 11.5 (broad s, 1H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 42.1, 50.3, 51.9, 52.5, 108.2, 1 16.2; 118.0, 128.0, 128.2, 128.9, 129.8, 137.3, 147.4,. 157.6, 158.8; ES MS(M+1) 476.09.
HRMS Calcd. For C21H22CIN5N (M+1) 412.76.
Figure imgf000063_0004
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-ylmethyl]pyridin- 2(lH)-one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.95 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.48 (m, 4H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (m, 2H), 7.01 (m, 2H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.5; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 47.2, 51.8, 53.0, 55.3, 108.1, 112.2, 1 14.8, 1 16.2, 118.6, 121.2, 123.8, 127.8, 128.0, 128.9, 137.3, 139.6, 147.5, 152.2, 157.6; ES MS(M+1) 405.82; HRMS Calcd. For C24H27 303, 405.49. Found (M+l) 406.21.
Category III of the disclosed prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000064_0001
R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cio linear or branched alkyl, wherein the alkyl unit can be substituted by one or more units independently chosen from:
i) Ci-Cs linear, C3-C8 branched, or C3-C8 cyclic alkoxy;
ii) hydroxy;
iii) halogen;
iv) cyano;
v) amino, Ci-Cs mono-alkylamino, Ci-Cs di-alkylamino;
vi) -SR40; R40 is hydro gen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl;
vii) substituted or unsubstituted Ce of C10 aryl;
viii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or
ix) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl.
Table III herein below provides non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed by this category.
TABLE III
Figure imgf000064_0002
Figure imgf000065_0001
The disclosed compounds of this category can be prepared by the procedure outlined herein below in Scheme II and described in Example 2.
Scheme II
Figure imgf000066_0001
5 6
Reagents and conditions: (a)(i) HCHO, EtOH; 0.5 hr (ii) 3-(l-H-imidazol-l-yl)propan-l- amine; 2 hr.
EXAMPLE 2
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-{[3-(l-H-imidazol-l-yl)propylamino]methyl}- pyridin-2(lH)-one (6)
N-Benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one (5) can be prepared according to Example 1 by substituting benzyl bromide or benzyl chloride into step (b) for (4-chloro)benzyl chloride.
1 -Benzyl-3 -hydroxy -4- { [3 -( 1 -H-imidazol- 1 -yl)propylamino]methyl} pyridin-2( 1H)- one (6): N-Benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one (5) (250 mg, 1.23 mmol) and
formaldehyde (200 mg, 273 eq.) are combined in aqueous ethanol (10 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. 3-(l-H-Imidazol-l-yl)propan-l-amine (340 mg, 2.7 mmol) is then added and the reaction stirred for 12 hours. The solvent is removed by evaporation and the residue dissolved in methanol (2 mL) and purified via prep HPLC eluting with water/acetonitrile to afford the desired product as the trifluoroacetate salt. XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.19 (m, 2H), 2.97 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 4.30 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H); 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.30 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (m, 6H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 9.03 (s, 1H), 9.11 (s, 1H); 19F MR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.5; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 26.5, 44.0, 46.0, 51.8, 106.8, 1 18.7, 120.5, 122.2, 127.9, 128.2, 128.9, 135.8, 137.4, 146.0, 158.2; ES MS(M+1) 339.05; HRMS Calcd. For C 9H22N4O2, 338.44. Found (M+l) 339.18.
The following are further non-limiting examples of this aspect of the disclosed HIF- la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Figure imgf000066_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(benzylaminomethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 4.01 (s, 2H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (m, 11H), 9.16 (broad s, 1H); 19FNMR(252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.6; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ; ES MS(M+1) 321.16; Anal. Calcd. For C22H21F3 204, C, 60.83; H, 4.87; N, 6.45. Found: C, 60.75; H, 4.56; N, 6.34.
Figure imgf000067_0001
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-{[(2-(pyridin-2-yl)ethylamino]methyl}pyridin-2(lH)-one:
¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H); 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (m, 6H), 7.86 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 8.84 (m, 2H), 9.32 (broad s, 1H); 19FNMR(252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.6; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 31.5, 44.1, 46.3, 51.8, 106.9, 114.8, 127.1, 128.1, 128.8, 137.4, 143.8, 146.1, 155.3, 157.5, 158.4; ES MS (M+1) 336.18; HRMS Calcd For Found: 336.16.
Figure imgf000067_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-{[(tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl)amino]methyl}pyridin-
2(lH)-one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.56 (m, 1H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 1H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 3H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 8.91 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.5; 13C NMR(75 MHz, DMSO) δ ; ES MS(M+1) 315.16; HRMS. Calcd. For Ci8H22N203, 314.38. Found (M+1) 315.16.
Figure imgf000067_0003
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(2-methoxyethylamino)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.13 (broad s, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 8.91 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.4; 13C NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ ; ES MS(M+1) 289.13; HRMS Calcd. For Ci6H20N2O3, 288.34. Found (M+1) 289.15.
Figure imgf000067_0004
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(l-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-ylamino)methyl]pyridin- 2(lH)-one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.27 (s, 6H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 8.47 (broad s, 2H), 9.94 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.7; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ; ES MS(M+1) 303.19; HRMS Calcd. For Ci7H22N203, 302.37. Found (M+l) 303.17.
Figure imgf000068_0001
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(pyridin-4-ylmethylamino)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)-one:
¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 4.07 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 5, 16 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 7.62 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 8.71 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 2H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.0; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ; ES MS(M+1) 322.17; HRMS Calcd. For Ci9H19N302, 321.37. Found (M+l
Figure imgf000068_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy 4-{[(furan-2-ylmethyl)amino]methyl}pyridin-2(lH)-one:
¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 4.00 (s, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.27 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (m, 1H), 6.65 (m ,1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 7.80 (m, 1H), 9.27 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.3; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ; ES MS(M+1) 323.15; HRMS Calcd. For Ci8H18N203, 310.35. Found (M+l)
Figure imgf000068_0003
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-{[2-(methylthio)ethylamino]methyl}pyridin-2(lH)-one:
¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.74 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 89.0; ES MS(M+1) 305.14, HRMS Calcd. For Ci6H2oN202S, 304.41. Found (M+l)
Figure imgf000068_0004
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(4-methoxybenzylamino)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.28 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 4H), 7.34 (m, 6H); 9.07 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 89.0; ES MS(M+1) 351.10; HRMS Calcd. For C2iH22N203, 350.41. Found (M+l) 351.17.
Figure imgf000069_0001
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(l-phenylethylamino)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.59 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 3.71-3.93 (m, 2H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.28 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.9; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 19.6, 42.5, 51.7, 58.0, 106.8, 1 19.3, 128.0, 128.1, 128.2, 128.9, 129.3, 129.4, 137.3, 145.9, 158.3; ES MS(M+1) 335.13; HRMS Calcd. For C2iH22N202, 334.41. Found (M+l) 335.17.
Figure imgf000069_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-(cycloheptylaminomethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.55 (m, 10H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 3.18 (s, 1H), 3.99 (m, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.32 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 6H), 8.65 (broad s, 2H), 9.98 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR
(252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.6; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 23.0, 27.2, 30.4, 41.6, 51.7, 58.9, 107.0, 11 1.7, 127.9, 128.0, 128.2, 128.8, 137.4, 146.0, 157.5; ES MS(M+1) 327.13; HRMS Calcd. For C20H26N2O2, 326.43.
Figure imgf000069_0003
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(4-methylcyclohexylamino)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)-one:
¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 0.93 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (m, 4H), 1.74 (m, 4H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.31 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 8.05 (broad s, 2H), 9.98 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.9; ES MS(M+1) 327.14; HRMS Calcd. For C20H26N2O2, 326.4
Figure imgf000069_0004
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(l-benzylpiperidin-4-ylamino)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)- one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.77 (m, 2H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 3H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), .29 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.30 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 7.49 (s, 5H), 9.12 (broad s, 1H), 10.05 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.8; 13C MR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 27.1, 43.4, 51.8, 52.1, 54.2, 54.7, 57.6, 106.9, 1 18.5, 128.0, 128.1, 128.8, 129.3, 129.8, 130.7, 131.3, 137.3, 146.2, 157.4; ES MS(M+1) 404.56; HRMS Calcd. For C25H28 302, 403.52. Found (M+l) 404.23.
Figure imgf000070_0001
3-[(l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl)methylamino]azepan-2- one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.25 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 2.10 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 3H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.33 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (m, 6H), 8.31 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 9.07 (broad s, 2H), 9.90 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.4; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 27.0, 27.2, 28.4, 43.4, 51.7, 59.3, 107.1, 118.9, 127.8, 127.9, 128.1, 128.9, 137.4, 146.0, 157.5, 166.3; ES MS(M+1) 342.01 ; HRMS Calcd. For Ci9H23N30 342.18.
Figure imgf000070_0002
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(l-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)- one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.22 (m, 2H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 3H), 3.68 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 6.33 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.52 (m, 11H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.5; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 27.1, 43.4, 51.8, 52.1, 54.2, 54.7, 57.5, 106.9, 1 18.5, 128.0, 128.8, 129.3, 129.8, 130.7, 131.3, 137.3, 146.2, 157.5; ES MS(M+1) 390.14; HRMS Cal 389.49. Found (M+l) 390.21.
Figure imgf000070_0003
( ?)-l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[(l-phenylethylamino)methyl]pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.58 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 6.23 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 6H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 89.4; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 19.6, 42.6, 51.7, 58.0, 106.9, 18.7, 128.0, 128.1, 128.8, 129.3, 129.4, 137.2, 137.4, 145.9, 157.5; ES MS(M+1) 335.13; Anal. Calcd. For C21H22N2O2, 334.41. Found (M+l) 335.31.
Figure imgf000071_0001
l-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-[([l,3]dioxolan-2-ylmethylmethylamino)methyl]pyridin- 2(lH)-one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.35 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 2H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H); 5.27 (t, J= 3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, 6H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.5; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ; ES MS(M+1) 331.18; HRMS Calcd. For Ci8H22N204, 330.38. Found (M+1) 331.16.
Category IV of the disclosed prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000071_0002
wherein A represents a ring optionally substituted by one or more R units. Table IV provides non-limiting examples of this category.
TABLE IV
Figure imgf000071_0003
Figure imgf000072_0001
D , - y roqu no n- -y
The disclosed compounds of this category can be prepared by the procedure outlined herein below in Scheme III and described in Example 3.
Scheme III
Figure imgf000072_0002
1 7
Reagents and conditions: (a) (i) n-BuLi, TsCl, THF; -78 °C to rt, Ihr; (ii) HCl, MeOH; rt, 1
Figure imgf000072_0003
7 8
Reagents and conditions: (b) pyrrolidine, HCHO, H20/EtOH; rt, 12hr.
EXAMPLE 3
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-(pyrrolidin-l-ylmethyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one
(8)
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one (7): To stirred solution of 3-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]pyridin-2(lH)-one (1) (4.66 g, 20.7 mmol) in dry THF (150 mL), maintained at -78 °C under a dry nitrogen atmosphere is added n-butyl lithium (1.6 M solution in hexane, 21.0 mmol). After 20 minutes, 4-methyl- benzenesulfonyl chloride (3.95 g, 20.7 mmol) is added as a THF solution. The solution is allowed to warm to room temperature over one hour, the water (10 mL) is added and the contents of the reaction vessel is extracted with EtOAc (3x), washed with brine (lx), dried over a2S04 and concentrated. The combined organic layers are dried over a2S04 and concentrated. The residue is taken up in ethanol (10 mL) and treated with cone. HC1 (2 mL). The mixture is allowed to stir for 1 hour and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure to afford the desired compound as a white solid. XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.43 (s, 3H), 6.14 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J = 7.65 Hz, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J = 6.6 Hz, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 7. 98 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H).
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-(pyrrolidin-l-ylmethyl)pyridin- 2(lH)-one (8): l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one (7) (250 mg, 0.94 mmol) and formaldehyde (200 mg, 2.07 mmol) are combined in aqueous ethanol (10 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. Pyrrolidine (149 mg, 2.07 mmol) is then added and the reaction stirred for 12 hours. The solvent is removed by evaporation and the residue dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and purified via prep HPLC eluting with water/acetonitrile to afford the desired product. XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 6.51 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 9.93 (broad s, 1H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.4; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 21.5, 22.7, 50.5, 53.7, 108.7,
118.6, 119.4, 128.4, 129.7, 130.1, 133.1, 146.8, 147.7, 156.2; ES MS(M+1) 349.25; HRMS Calcd. For Ci7H2oN204S, 348.42. Found (M+l) 349.42.
The following are further non-limiting examples of prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors according to this category.
Figure imgf000073_0001
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-thiazolidin-3-ylmethylpyridin- 2(lH)-one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.94 (t, J= 6.6 MHz, 2H), 3.18 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 6.51 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ
87.9; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 21.5, 21.9, 24.6, 25.8, 50.3, 51.6, 108.7, 118.6, 120.8,
129.7, 130.1, 133.1, 146.9, 148.1, 156.1, 158.4, 158.8; ES MS(M+1) 367.18; HRMS Calcd. For Ci6H18N204S2, 366.46. Found (M+l) 367.43.
Figure imgf000073_0002
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-azocan-lylmethylpyridin-2(lH)- one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.59 (m, 10H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 6.51 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 8.1 Hz); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.7; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 21.5, 21.9, 23.7, 24.6, 25.8, 50.3, 51.6, 108.7, 1 18.9, 120.8, 129.8, 130.1, 133.1, 146.9, 148.2, 156.1; ES MS(M+1) 391.18; HRMS Calcd. For C2oH26N204S, 390.18. Found (M+l) 391.23.
Figure imgf000074_0001
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-(4-phenylpiperazin-l-ylmethyl)- pyridin-2(lH)-one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz,. DMSO) δ 2.43 (s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 8H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 6.47 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 9m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 21.5, 42.6, 45.6, 46.2, 50.8, 51.9, 109.6, 1 16.4, 116.8, 117.7, 120.6, 121.1, 129.5, 129.6, 129.8, 130.1, 133.2, 146.8, 149.5, 156.1 ; ES MS(M+1) 440.15; HRMS Calcd. For C^H^NsOsS, 439.53. Found (M+l) 440.16.
Figure imgf000074_0002
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-[l,4']Bipiperidinyl-l'- ylmethylpyridin-2(lH)-one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 1.43 (m, lh), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, 4H), 2.19 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.39 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 3H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 6.47 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.7; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 21.4, 22.9, 23.6, 48.4, 49.5, 59.4, 109.3, 1 14.8, 117.6, 120.5, 122.7, 129.7, 130.1, 133.1, 146.9, 148.6, 156.2; ES MS(M+1) 446.19; HRMS Calcd. For C23H31N3O4S, 445.58. Found (M+l) 446.21.
Figure imgf000074_0003
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-[4-(6-chloropyridazin-3- yl)piperazin-l-ylmethyl]pyridin-2(lH)-one: XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 3.46 (m, 4H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 4.45 (m, 2H), 6.77 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m 2H), 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.98 (m, 2H), 11.3 (broad s, 1H), ES MS(M+1) 476.92. HRMS Calcd. For
Figure imgf000075_0001
475.95. Found (M+l) 476.1 1.
Category V of HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000075_0002
R represents from 1 to 5 optional substitutions for a phenyl ring hydrogen atom, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cio linear or branched alkyl, wherein the alkyl unit can be substituted by one or more units independently chosen from:
i) Ci-Cs linear, C3-C8 branched, or C3-C8 cyclic alkoxy;
i ϋi)) hydroxy;
iii) halogen;
iv) cyano;
v) amino, Ci-Cs mono-alkylamino, Ci-Cs di-alkylamino;
vi) -SR ; R is hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl;
vii) substituted or unsubstituted Ce of C10 aryl;
viii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or
ix) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl.
Table V provides non-limiting examples of this category of HIF- l a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
TABLE V
Figure imgf000075_0003
Figure imgf000076_0001
The disclosed compounds of this category can be prepared by the procedure outlined herein below in Scheme IV and described in Examples 4.
Scheme IV
Figure imgf000076_0002
7 9
Reagents and conditions: (a) benzyl bromide, HCHO, H20/EtOH; rt, 12hr.
EXAMPLE 4
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-[(benzylamino)methyl]- pyridin-2(lH)-one (9)
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-(benzylaminomethyl)pyridin-2(lH)- one (9): l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one (7) (250 mg, 0.94 mmol) and formaldehyde (200 mg, 2.07 mmol) are combined in aqueous ethanol (10 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. Benzylamine (229 mg, 2.07 mmol) is then added and the reaction stirred for 12 hours. The solvent is removed by evaporation and the residue dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and purified via prep HPLC eluting with water/acetonitrile to afford the desired product as the trifluoracetate salt. XH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) d 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.96 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 6.69 (d, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.40 (m, 7H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.73 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 9.71 (broad s, 2H), 10.44 (broad s, 1H); ES MS(M+1) 396.67; HRMS Calcd. For C2oH2o 204S, 384.45. Found (M+l) 385.12.
The following is a further non-limiting example of this category of HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Figure imgf000077_0001
l-(4'-Methylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-4-[(2-methoxyethylamino)methyl]- pyridin-2(lH)-one: ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 2.43 (s, 3H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.56 (t, J= 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 6.51 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 8.1 Hz); 19F NMR (252 MHz, DMSO) δ 88.6; 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ 21.5, 43.8, 46.2, 46.5, 58.5, 67.2, 106.7, 1 19.2, 120.2, 123.9, 128.4, 129.7, 130.1, 133.1, 146.8, 147.0, 156.0; ES MS(M+1) 353.12. HRMS Calcd. For Ci6H20N2O5S, 352.41. Found (M+l) 353.11.
Category VI of HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000077_0002
wherein L is chosen from CH2 or S02, and Z is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. Non- limiting examples of inhibitors according to this category are disclosed in Table VI below.
TABLE VI
Figure imgf000078_0001
The compounds encompassed within this category can be prepared according to Scheme I for Z equal to CH2 and according to Scheme III for Z equal to S02. Pharmacetically Acceptable Salts
The disclosed HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors can be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be used by the formulator to provide a form of the disclosed inhibitor that is more compatible with the intended delivery of the inhibitor to a subject or for compatiblility of formulation.
The following are examples of procedures for preparing the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the disclosed inhibitor, tert-butyl- {[l-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- l,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate.
A suspension of tert-butyl-{[l-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2- dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (242 mg, 0.56 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was heated at reflux untill a homogeneous solution was obtained. Heating was stopped and 0.1N HC1 (6.7 mL, 1.2 eq.) was added while still hot and the solution was cooled to room temperature. The volatiles were evaporated under reduced pressure and the amorphous residue was crystallized in acetone (5 mL). The solid was collected by filtration.
A suspension of tert-butyl-{[l-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2- dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (217 mg, 0.5 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was heated at reflux untill a homogeneous solution was obtained. Heating was stopped and methanesulfonic acid (115.2 mg, 1.2 eq.) was added while still hot and the solution was cooled to room temperature. The volatiles were evaporated under reduced pressure and the amorphous residue was crystallized in acetone (5 mL). The solid was collected by filtration.
Table VII herein below provides examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of tert-butyl- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2 -dihydropyridin-4-yl] methyl} - piperazine- 1 -carboxylate formed from organic and inorganic acids. Start
TABLE VII
Figure imgf000079_0001
* HPLC analysis
lH NMR analysis was used to determine the form of the salt, for example, that the mesylate salt formed herein above had the following formula:
Figure imgf000080_0001
lH NMR analysis was used to determine at which site of the molecule salt formation was taking place. The chemical shifts for the protons on the methylene group bridging the piperazine and the pyridinone rings shifted from 3.59 ppm in the free base to 4.31 ppm of the salt. In addition, the piperazine methylene groups adjacent to the tertiary amine shifted from 2.50 ppm to approximately 3.60 ppm. The chemical shifts for the remaining protons were largely unchanged. These data indicate that the tertiary amine nitrogen of the piperazine ring is protonated in salt forms. In addition, integration of the methyl protons of the methane sulfonyl unit relative to the core compound indicates the presence of one equivalent of the acid.
The formulator can determine the solubility of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the disclosed inhibitors by any method desirable. The following is a non-limiting example of a procedure for evaluating the solubility of a salt of a disclosed inhibitor. A suspension of tert-butyl- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yljmethyl} -piperazine- 1 -carboxylate methanesulfonate (26.6 mg) in distilled deionized water (3.0 mL) is sonicated for 20 min with water bath temperature under 25 °C. The suspension is filtered to remove any insoluble salt. The clear filtrate solution (200 μΐ,) is diluted with distilled deionized water (800 μΐ,) and subjected to HPLC analysis. The following are results for the pharmaceutically acceptable salts outlined in Table VII above.
Salt Solubility Purity*
(mg/mL)
Free base -0.001 99.3% hydrochloride 5.9 99.7% hydrogensulfonate 13.2 99.7% p-toluenesulfonate 2.3 99.8% methanesulfonate 16.6 99% * HPLC analysis
The following are non-limiting examples of other acids that can be used to form pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the disclosed inhibitors: acetate, ctrate, maleate, succinate, lactate, glycolate and tartrate.
Further disclosed herein is a process for preparing the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors, comprising:
a) protecting the hydroxyl moiety of hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one to prepare a protected pyridone having the formula:
Figure imgf000081_0001
wherein W represents a protecting group;
b) reacting the protected pyridone with a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000081_0002
wherein R represents from 1 to 5 substitutions for hydrogen as defined herein, the index n is an integer from 0 to 5, Q is a leaving group, to form O-protected N-benzyl pyridone or N-sulfonylphenyl pyridone having the formula:
Figure imgf000081_0003
removing the protecting group from the O-protected N-benzyl pyridone or N- sulfonylphenyl pyridone to form an N-benzyl pyridone or N-sulfonylphenyl pyridone having the formula:
Figure imgf000081_0004
d) reacting an amine having the formula: R1
H' ~R
wherein R1 and R2 are the same as defined herein, with formaldehyde to form an N-formylamine having the formula:
Figure imgf000082_0001
reacting the N-formylamine formed in step (d) with the N-benzyl pyridone N-sulfonylphenyl pyridone formed in step (c) to form a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000082_0002
Step (a) Preparation of an O-protected hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one
Step (a) relates to the formation of an O-protected hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula:
Figure imgf000082_0003
W can be any protecting group. Non-limiting examples of protecting groups include carbamates, for example, tert-butoxycarbonyl and methoxycarbonyl, alkylsilanes, for example, trimethylsilyl and tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and the like.
Step (b) Preparation of O-protected TV-benzyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one or O- protected iV-sulfonylphenyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one
Step (b) relates to the formation of an O-protected N-benzyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)- one or O-protected N-sulfonylphenyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one having the formula
Figure imgf000083_0001
The protected hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one formed in step (a) is reacted with a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000083_0002
wherein Q is a leaving group capable of being eliminated by the protected hydroxypyridin-2(lH)- one ring nitrogen.
Step (c) Preparation of 7V-benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one or iV-sulfonylphenyl-3- hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one
Step (c) relates to the formation of an N-benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one or N- sulfonylphenyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one the having the formula:
Figure imgf000083_0003
Wherein the O-protected N-benzyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one or O-protected N- sulfonylphenyl hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one formed in step (b) is reacted with one or more reagents suitable for removing protecting group W in a manner compatible with any R substitutions for hydrogen on the phenyl ring.
Step (d) Preparation of an N-formylamine synthon
Step (d) relates to the formation -formylamine synthon having the formula:
Figure imgf000083_0004
The N-formylamine is formed by reacting an amine having the formula:
R1
Η
with formaldehyde or a reagent capable of generating formaldehyde in situ. Step (e) Preparation of the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
Step (e) relates to the formation of the final disclosed compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000084_0001
by reacting the N-formylamine formed in step (d) with the N-benzyl-3-hydroxypyridin- 2(lH)-one or N-sulfonylphenyl-3-hydroxypyridin-2(lH)-one formed in step (c).
FORMULATIONS
Medicaments and Pharmaceutical Compositions
The present disclosure further relates to compositions or formulations that are useful for making a medicament or a pharmaceutical composition. The disclosed medicaments or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the disclosed human protein HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors can comprise:
a) an effective amount of one or more HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and
b) one or more excipients.
Diseases or conditions affected by increased stabilization of HIF-1 by inhibition of HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase include PVD, CAD, heart failure, ischemia, anemia, wound healing, antimicrobial activity, increased phagocytosis, anti-cancer activity, and increase in the effectiveness of vaccines.
For the purposes of the present disclosure the term "excipient" and "carrier" are used interchangeably throughout the description of the present disclosure and said terms are defined herein as, "ingredients which are used in the practice of formulating a safe and effective pharmaceutical composition."
The formulator will understand that excipients are used primarily to serve in delivering a safe, stable, and functional pharmaceutical, serving not only as part of the overall vehicle for delivery but also as a means for achieving effective absorption by the recipient of the active ingredient. An excipient may fill a role as simple and direct as being an inert filler, or an excipient as used herein may be part of a pH stabilizing system or coating to insure delivery of the ingredients safely to the stomach. The formulator can also take advantage of the fact the compounds of the present disclosure have improved cellular potency, pharmacokinetic properties, as well as improved oral bioavailability.
Non-limiting examples of compositions according to the present disclosure include: a) from about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg of one or more human protein HIF- la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
Another example according to the present disclosure relates to the following compositions:
a) from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg of one or more human protein prolyl HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and
b) one or more excipients.
A further example according to the present disclosure relates to the following compositions:
a) from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg of one or more human protein HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
A still further example of compositions according to the present disclosure comprise:
a) an effective amount of one or more human protein HIF-Ια prolyl
hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more chemotherapeutic agents or chemotherapeutic compounds as further described herein.
A yet still further example of compositions according to the present disclosure comprise:
a) an effective amount of one or more human protein HIF-Ια prolyl
hydroxylase inhibitors according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more vaccines for treatment of an infectious disease.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating anemia. The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating increasing cellular immunity.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating cancer.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for increasing HIF-1 stabilization.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating anemia.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating peripheral vascular disease.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating wounds.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament that is an antimicrobial.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating
atherosclerotic lesions.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating diabetes.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating hypertension.
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating a disease affected by the level of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), glyceraldehyde 3- phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH), and erythropoietin (EPO).
The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating a disorder chosen from Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osier- Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome. The present disclosure further relates to the use of one or more of the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors disclosed herein for making a medicament for treating a disorder chosen from diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cancer, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, syphilis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, mycobacterial infections, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, retinopathy of prematurity, Eales' disease, Behcet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargardt's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndrome, toxoplasmosis, trauma and post-laser complications, diseases associated with rubeosis, and proliferative vitreoretinopathy.
The disclosed compositions and the form of pharmaceutical preparations comprising the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors alone, or in combination with another drug or other therapeutic agent, inter alia, chemotherapeutic agent or chemotherapeutic compound, can vary according to the intended route of administration.
Orally administered preparations can be in the form of solids, liquids, emulsions, suspensions, or gels, or in dosage unit form, for example as tablets or capsules. Tablets can be compounded in combination with other ingredients customarily used, such as tale, vegetable oils, polyols, gums, gelatin, starch, and other carriers. The HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors can be dispersed in or combined with a suitable liquid carrier in solutions, suspensions, or emulsions.
Parenteral compositions intended for injection, either subcutaneous ly,
intramuscularly, or intravenously, can be prepared as liquids or solid forms for solution in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Such preparations are sterile, and liquids to be injected intravenously should be isotonic. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, dextrose, saline, and glycerol.
Administration of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the substances described herein is included within the scope of the present disclosure. Such salts can be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including organic bases and inorganic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, basic amino acids, and the like. For a helpful discussion of pharmaceutical salts, see S.M. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 66: 1-19 (1977) the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
Substances for injection can be prepared in unit dosage form in ampules, or in multidose containers. The HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors or compositons comprising one or more HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors to be delivered can be present in such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or preferably aqueous vehicles.
Alternatively, the salt of the HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor can be in lyophilized form for reconstitution, at the time of delivery, with a suitable vehicle, such as sterile pyrogen- free water. Both liquids as well as lyophilized forms that are to be reconstituted will comprise agents, preferably buffers, in amounts necessary to suitably adjust the pH of the injected solution. For any parenteral use, particularly if the formulation is to be administered intravenously, the total concentration of solutes should be controlled to make the preparation isotonic, hypotonic, or weakly hypertonic. Nonionic materials, such as sugars, are preferred for adjusting tonicity, and sucrose is particularly preferred. Any of these forms can further comprise suitable formulatory agents, such as starch or sugar, glycerol or saline. The compositions per unit dosage, whether liquid or solid, can contain from 0.1% to 99% of polynucleotide material.
METHODS
Methods Relating to Stabilization of HIF-1
The eradication of invading microorganisms depends initially on innate immune mechanisms that preexist in all individuals and act within minutes of infection. Phagocytic cell types, including macrophages and neutrophils, play a key role in innate immunity because they can recognize, ingest, and destroy many pathogens without the aid of an adaptive immune response. The effectiveness of myeloid cells in innate defense reflects their capacity to function in low oxygen environments. Whereas in healthy tissues oxygen tension is generally 20-70 mm HG (i.e. 2.5-9% oxygen), much lower levels (<1% oxygen) have been described in wounds and necrotic tissue foci (Arnold et al., Br J Exp Pathol 68, 569 (1987); Vogelberg & Konig, Clin Investig 71, 466 (1993); Negus et al, Am J Pathol 150, 1723 (1997)). It has also been shown (Zinkernagel A. S. et al, "Pharmacologic Augmentation of Hypoxia-Inducible Factor- 1 a with Mimosine Boosts the Bactericidal Capacity of Phagocytes" J. Infectious Diseases (2008): 197: 214-217) that the HIF-la agonist mimosine can boost the capacity of human phagocytes and whole blood to kill the leading pathogen Staphylococcus aureus in a dose-dependent fashion and reduce the lesion size in a murine model of S. aureus skin infection.
Macrophages are one population of effector cells involved in immune responses. Their role in natural immunity includes mediation of phagocytosis, as well as release of cytokines and cytotoxic mediators. They also facilitate the development of acquired immunity through antigen presentation and release of immunomodulatory cytokines.
Although macrophages are immune effectors, they are also susceptible to infection by agents such as bacteria, protozoa, parasites, and viruses (The Macrophage, C. E. Lewis & J.O'D. McGee. eds., IRL Press at Oxford University Press, New York, N.Y., 1992). Viruses capable of infecting macrophages include several RNA viruses such as measles virus (MV) (e.g., Joseph et al, J. Virol. 16, 1638-1649, 1975), respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) (Midulla et al, Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 140, 771-777, 1989), and human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) (Meltzer and Gendelman, in Macrophage Biology and Activation, S. W. Russell and S. Gordon, eds., Springer-Verlag, New York, N.Y., pp. 239-263(1992: Potts et al, Virology 175, 465-476, 1990).
Disclosed herein is a method for increasing HIF-1 stabilization in a cell, comprising contacting a cell in vivo, in vitro, or ex vivo with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Also disclosed herein are methods for increasing the cellular immune response of a human or mammal in need of increased cellular immunity, comprising administering to a human or mammal in need with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Further disclosed herein are methods for increasing the cellular immune response of a human or mammal diagnosed with a medical condition causing a decreased cellular immunity, comprising administering to a human or mammal in need with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Yet further disclosed herein are methods for increasing the cellular immune response of a human or mammal diagnosed with a medical condition causing a decreased cellular immunity, comprising administering to a human or mammal in need with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Still further disclosed herein are methods for increasing the cellular immune response of a human or mammal having a medical condition causing a decreased cellular immunity, comprising administering to a human or mammal in need with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
As such, the one or more HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor and any coadministered compounds can be administered or contacted with a cell topically, buccally, orally, intradermally, subcutaneously, mucosally in the eye, vagina, rectum, and nose, intravenously, and intramuscularly
Methods Relating to the Treatment of Cancer
As used herein cancer is defined herein as "an abnormal growth of cells which tend to proliferate in an uncontrolled way and, in some cases, to metastasize." As such, both metastatic and non-metastatic cancers can be treated by the disclosed methods.
Disclosed are methods for treating cancer in a human or mammal, comprising administering to a human or mammal with a cancer with an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF- la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Also disclosed herein are methods for treating a human or mammal diagnosed with cancer, co-administering to a human or mammal one or more chemotherapeutic agent or chemotherapeutic compound together with one or more of the disclosed HIF- la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
The following are non-limiting examples of malignant and non-malignant cancers. Acute Lymphoblastic; Acute Myeloid Leukemia; Adrenocortical Carcinoma;
Adrenocortical Carcinoma, Childhood; Appendix Cancer; Basal Cell Carcinoma; Bile Duct Cancer, Extrahepatic; Bladder Cancer; Bone Cancer; Osteosarcoma and Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma; Brain Stem Glioma, Childhood; Brain Tumor, Adult; Brain Tumor, Brain Stem Glioma, Childhood; Brain Tumor, Central Nervous System Atypical
Teratoid/Rhabdoid Tumor, Childhood; Central Nervous System Embryonal Tumors;
Cerebellar Astrocytoma; Cerebral Astrocytoma/Malignant Glioma; Craniopharyngioma; Ependymoblastoma; Ependymoma; Medulloblastoma; Medulloepithelioma; Pineal Parenchymal Tumors of Intermediate Differentiation; Supratentorial Primitive
Neuroectodermal Tumors and Pineoblastoma; Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic Glioma; Brain and Spinal Cord Tumors; Breast Cancer; Bronchial Tumors; Burkitt Lymphoma; Carcinoid Tumor; Carcinoid Tumor, Gastrointestinal; Central Nervous System Atypical Teratoid/Rhabdoid Tumor; Central Nervous System Embryonal Tumors; Central Nervous System Lymphoma; Cerebellar Astrocytoma;
Cerebral Astrocytoma/Malignant Glioma, Childhood; Cervical Cancer; Chordoma, Childhood; Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia; Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia; Chronic Myeloproliferative Disorders; Colon Cancer; Colorectal Cancer; Craniopharyngioma;
Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma; Esophageal Cancer; Ewing Family of Tumors; Extragonadal Germ Cell Tumor; Extrahepatic Bile Duct Cancer; Eye Cancer, Intraocular Melanoma; Eye Cancer, Retinoblastoma; Gallbladder Cancer; Gastric (Stomach) Cancer; Gastrointestinal Carcinoid Tumor; Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor (GIST); Germ Cell Tumor, Extracranial; Germ Cell Tumor, Extragonadal; Germ Cell Tumor, Ovarian; Gestational Trophoblastic Tumor; Glioma; Glioma, Childhood Brain Stem; Glioma, Childhood Cerebral Astrocytoma; Glioma, Childhood Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic; Hairy Cell Leukemia; Head and Neck Cancer; hepatocellular (Liver) Cancer; Histiocytosis, Langerhans Cell; Hodgkin Lymphoma; Hypopharyngeal Cancer; Hypothalamic and Visual Pathway Glioma;
Intraocular Melanoma; Islet Cell Tumors; Kidney (Renal Cell) Cancer; Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis; Laryngeal Cancer; Leukemia, Acute Lymphoblastic; Leukemia, Acute Myeloid; Leukemia, Chronic Lymphocytic; Leukemia, Chronic Myelogenous; Leukemia, Hairy Cell; Lip and Oral Cavity Cancer; Liver Cancer; Lung Cancer, Non-Small Cell; Lung Cancer, Small Cell; Lymphoma, AIDS-Related; Lymphoma, Burkitt; Lymphoma,
Cutaneous T-Cell; Lymphoma, Hodgkin; Lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin; Lymphoma, Primary Central Nervous System; Macroglobulinemia, Waldenstrom; Malignant Fibrous
Histiocytoma of Bone and Osteosarcoma; Medulloblastoma; Melanoma; Melanoma, Intraocular (Eye); Merkel Cell Carcinoma; Mesothelioma; Metastatic Squamous Neck Cancer with Occult Primary; Mouth Cancer; Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Syndrome, (Childhood); Multiple Myeloma/Plasma Cell Neoplasm; Mycosis Fungoides;
Myelodysplasia Syndromes; Myelodysplastic/Myelo-proliferative Diseases; Myelogenous Leukemia, Chronic; Myeloid Leukemia, Adult Acute; Myeloid Leukemia, Childhood Acute; Myeloma, Multiple; Myeloproliferative Disorders, Chronic; Nasal Cavity and
Paranasal Sinus Cancer; Nasopharyngeal Cancer; Neuroblastoma; Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer; Oral Cancer; Oral Cavity Cancer; Oropharyngeal Cancer; Osteosarcoma and Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma of Bone; Ovarian Cancer; Ovarian Epithelial Cancer; Ovarian Germ Cell Tumor; Ovarian Low Malignant Potential Tumor; Pancreatic Cancer; Pancreatic Cancer, Islet Cell Tumors; Papillomatosis; Parathyroid Cancer; Penile Cancer;
Pharyngeal Cancer; Pheochromocytoma; Pineal Parenchymal Tumors of Intermediate
Differentiation; Pineoblastoma and Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors;
Pituitary Tumor; Plasma Cell Neoplasm/Multiple Myeloma; Pleuropulmonary Blastoma;
Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma; Prostate Cancer; Rectal Cancer; Renal Cell (Kidney) Cancer; Renal Pelvis and Ureter, Transitional Cell Cancer; Respiratory Tract Carcinoma Involving the NLT Gene on Chromosome 15; Retinoblastoma;
Rhabdomyosarcoma; Salivary Gland Cancer; Sarcoma, Ewing Family of Tumors; Sarcoma, Kaposi; Sarcoma, Soft Tissue; Sarcoma, Uterine; Sezary Syndrome; Skin Cancer
(Nonmelanoma); Skin Cancer (Melanoma); Skin Carcinoma, Merkel Cell; Small Cell Lung Cancer; Small Intestine Cancer; Soft Tissue Sarcoma; Squamous Cell Carcinoma,
Squamous Neck Cancer with Occult Primary, Metastatic; Stomach (Gastric) Cancer;
Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors; T-Cell Lymphoma, Cutaneous;
Testicular Cancer; Throat Cancer; Thymoma and Thymic Carcinoma; Thyroid Cancer; Transitional Cell Cancer of the Renal Pelvis and Ureter; Trophoblastic Tumor, Gestational; Urethral Cancer; Uterine Cancer, Endometrial; Uterine Sarcoma; Vaginal Cancer; Vulvar Cancer; Waldenstrom Macroglobulinemia; and Wilms Tumor
Further disclosed herein are methods for treating cancer in a human or mammal, comprising co-administering to a human or mammal, together with one or more chemotherapeutic agents or chemotherapeutic compounds, one or more of the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Also disclosed herein are methods for treating a human or mammal diagnosed with cancer, co-administering to a human or mammal, together with one or more
chemotherapeutic agent or chemotherapeutic compound one or more of the disclosed HIF- la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
A "chemotherapeutic agent" or "chemotherapeutic compound" is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer. The chemotherapeutic cancer agents that can be used in combination with the disclosed HIF-Ια inhibitors include, but are not limited to, mitotic inhibitors (vinca alkaloids). These include vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine and Navelbine™ (vinorelbine,5'-noranhydroblastine). In yet other embodiments,
chemotherapeutic cancer agents include topoisomerase I inhibitors, such as camptothecin compounds. As used herein, "camptothecin compounds" include Camptosar™ (irinotecan HCL), Hycamtin™ (topotecan HCL) and other compounds derived from camptothecin and its analogues. Another category of chemotherapeutic cancer agents that may be used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein are podophyllotoxin derivatives, such as etoposide, teniposide and mitopodozide. The present disclosure further encompasses other chemotherapeutic cancer agents known as alkylating agents, which alkylate the genetic material in tumor cells. These include without limitation cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogen mustard, trimethylene thiophosphoramide, carmustine, busulfan, chlorambucil, belustine, uracil mustard, chlomaphazin, and dacarbazine. The disclosure encompasses antimetabolites as chemotherapeutic agents. Examples of these types of agents include cytosine arabinoside, fluorouracil, methotrexate, mercaptopurine, azathioprime, and procarbazine. An additional category of chemotherapeutic cancer agents that may be used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein include antibiotics. Examples include without limitation doxorubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, mithramycin, mitomycin, mytomycin C, and daunomycin. There are numerous liposomal formulations commercially available for these compounds. The present disclosure further encompasses other chemotherapeutic cancer agents including without limitation anti-tumor antibodies, dacarbazine, azacytidine, amsacrine, melphalan, ifosfamide and mitoxantrone.
The disclosed HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors herein can be administered in combination with other anti -tumor agents, including cytotoxic/antineoplastic agents and anti-angiogenic agents. Cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are defined as agents which attack and kill cancer cells. Some cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are alkylating agents, which alkylate the genetic material in tumor cells, e.g., cis-platin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogen mustard, trimethylene thiophosphoramide, carmustine, busulfan, chlorambucil, belustine, uracil mustard, chlomaphazin, and dacabazine. Other cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are antimetabolites for tumor cells, e.g., cytosine arabinoside, fluorouracil, methotrexate, mercaptopuirine, azathioprime, and procarbazine. Other cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are antibiotics, e.g., doxorubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, mithramycin, mitomycin, mytomycin C, and daunomycin. There are numerous liposomal formulations commercially available for these compounds. Still other cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are mitotic inhibitors (vinca alkaloids). These include vincristine, vinblastine and etoposide. Miscellaneous cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents include taxol and its derivatives, L-asparaginase, anti-tumor antibodies, dacarbazine, azacytidine, amsacrine, melphalan, VM-26, ifosfamide, mitoxantrone, and vindesine.
Anti-angiogenic agents are well known to those of skill in the art. Suitable anti- angiogenic agents for use in the disclosed methods and compositions include anti-VEGF antibodies, including humanized and chimeric antibodies, anti-VEGF aptamers and antisense oligonucleotides. Other known inhibitors of angiogenesis include angiostatin, endostatin, interferons, interleukin 1 (including a and β) interleukin 12, retinoic acid, and tissue inhibitors of metalloproteinase- 1 and -2. (TIMP-1 and -2). Small molecules, including topoisomerases such as razoxane, a topoisomerase II inhibitor with anti- angiogenic activity, can also be used.
Other anti-cancer agents that can be used in combination with the disclosed HIF-la inhibitors include, but are not limited to: acivicin; aclarubicin; acodazole hydrochloride; acronine; adozelesin; aldesleukin; altretamine; ambomycin; ametantrone acetate;
aminoglutethimide; amsacrine; anastrozole; anthramycin; asparaginase; asperlin;
azacitidine; azetepa; azotomycin; batimastat; benzodepa; bicalutamide; bisantrene hydrochloride; bisnafide dimesylate; bizelesin; bleomycin sulfate; brequinar sodium;
bropirimine; busulfan; cactinomycin; calusterone; caracemide; carbetimer; carboplatin; carmustine; carubicin hydrochloride; carzelesin; cedefingol; chlorambucil; cirolemycin; cisplatin; cladribine; crisnatol mesylate; cyclophosphamide; cytarabine; dacarbazine;
dactinomycin; daunorubicin hydrochloride; decitabine; dexormaplatin; dezaguanine;
dezaguanine mesylate; diaziquone; docetaxel; doxorubicin; doxorubicin hydrochloride; droloxifene; droloxifene citrate; dromostanolone propionate; duazomycin; edatrexate; eflornithine hydrochloride; elsamitrucin; enloplatin; enpromate; epipropidine; epirubicin hydrochloride; erbulozole; esorubicin hydrochloride; estramustine; estramustine phosphate sodium; etanidazole; etoposide; etoposide phosphate; etoprine; fadrozole hydrochloride; fazarabine; fenretinide; floxuridine; fludarabine phosphate; fluorouracil; flurocitabine; fosquidone; fostriecin sodium; gemcitabine; gemcitabine hydrochloride; hydroxyurea; idarubicin hydrochloride; ifosfamide; ilmofosine; interleukin II (including recombinant interleukin II, or rIL2), interferon alfa-2a; interferon alfa-2b; interferon alfa-nl ; interferon alfa-n3; interferon beta-I a; interferon gamma-I b; iproplatin; irinotecan hydrochloride; lanreotide acetate; letrozole; leuprolide acetate; liarozole hydrochloride; lometrexol sodium; lomustine; losoxantrone hydrochloride; masoprocol; maytansine; mechlorethamine hydrochloride; megestrol acetate; melengestrol acetate; melphalan; menogaril;
mercaptopurine; methotrexate; methotrexate sodium; metoprine; meturedepa; mitindomide; mitocarcin; mitocromin; mitogillin; mitomalcin; mitomycin; mitosper; mitotane;
mitoxantrone hydrochloride; mycophenolic acid; nocodazole; nogalamycin; ormaplatin; oxisuran; paclitaxel; pegaspargase; peliomycin; pentamustine; peplomycin sulfate;
perfosfamide; pipobroman; piposulfan; piroxantrone hydrochloride; plicamycin;
plomestane; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednimustine; procarbazine hydrochloride; puromycin; puromycin hydrochloride; pyrazofurin; riboprine; rogletimide; safingol;
safingol hydrochloride; semustine; simtrazene; sparfosate sodium; sparsomycin;
spirogermanium hydrochloride; spiromustine; spiroplatin; streptonigrin; streptozocin; sulofenur; talisomycin; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; teloxantrone hydrochloride; temoporfin; teniposide; teroxirone; testolactone; thiamiprine; thioguanine; thiotepa; tiazofurin;
tirapazamine; toremifene citrate; trestolone acetate; triciribine phosphate; trimetrexate; trimetrexate glucuronate; triptorelin; tubulozole hydrochloride; uracil mustard; uredepa; vapreotide; verteporfin; vinblastine sulfate; vincristine sulfate; vindesine; vindesine sulfate; vinepidine sulfate; vinglycinate sulfate; vinleurosine sulfate; vinorelbine tartrate;
vinrosidine sulfate; vinzolidine sulfate; vorozole; zeniplatin; zinostatin; zorubicin hydrochloride. Other anti-cancer drugs include, but are not limited to: 20-epi-l,25 dihydroxyvitamin D3; 5-ethynyluracil; abiraterone; aclarubicin; acylfulvene; adecypenol; adozelesin; aldesleukin; ALL-TK antagonists; altretamine; ambamustine; amidox;
amifostine; aminolevulinic acid; amrubicin; amsacrine; anagrelide; anastrozole;
andrographolide; angiogenesis inhibitors; antagonist D; antagonist G; antarelix; anti- dorsalizing morphogenetic protein- 1 ; antiandrogen, prostatic carcinoma; antiestrogen; antineoplaston; antisense oligonucleotides; aphidicolin glycinate; apoptosis gene modulators; apoptosis regulators; apurinic acid; ara-CDP-DL-PTBA; arginine deaminase; asulacrine; atamestane; atrimustine; axinastatin 1; axinastatin 2; axinastatin 3; azasetron; azatoxin; azatyrosine; baccatin III derivatives; balanol; batimastat; BCR/ABL antagonists; benzochlorins; benzoylstaurosporine; beta lactam derivatives; beta-alethine; betaclamycin
B; betulinic acid; bFGF inhibitor; bicalutamide; bisantrene; bisaziridinylspermine;
bisnafide; bistratene A; bizelesin; breflate; bropirimine; budotitane; buthionine sulfoximine; calcipotriol; calphostin C; camptothecin derivatives; canarypox IL-2; capecitabine;
carboxamide-amino-triazole; carboxyamidotriazole; CaRest M3; CAR 700; cartilage derived inhibitor; carzelesin; casein kinase inhibitors (ICOS); castanospermine; cecropin B; cetrorelix; chlorlns; chloroquinoxaline sulfonamide; cicaprost; cis-porphyrin; cladribine; clomifene analogues; clotrimazole; collismycin A; collismycin B; combretastatin A4;
combretastatin analogue; conagenin; crambescidin 816; crisnatol; cryptophycin 8;
cryptophycin A derivatives; curacin A; cyclopentanthraquinones; cycloplatam; cypemycin; cytarabine ocfosfate; cytolytic factor; cytostatin; dacliximab; decitabine; dehydrodidemnin
B; deslorelin; dexamethasone; dexifosfamide; dexrazoxane; dexverapamil; diaziquone; didemnin B; didox; diethylnorspermine; dihydro-5-azacytidine; dihydrotaxol, 9-;
dioxamycin; diphenyl spiromustine; docetaxel; docosanol; dolasetron; doxifluridine;
droloxifene; dronabinol; duocarmycin SA; ebselen; ecomustine; edelfosine; edrecolomab; eflornithine; elemene; emitefur; epirubicin; epristeride; estramustine analogue; estrogen agonists; estrogen antagonists; etanidazole; etoposide phosphate; exemestane; fadrozole; fazarabine; fenretinide; filgrastim; finasteride; flavopiridol; flezelastine; fluasterone;
fludarabine; fluorodaunorunicin hydrochloride; forfenimex; formestane; fostriecin;
fotemustine; gadolinium texaphyrin; gallium nitrate; galocitabine; ganirelix; gelatinase inhibitors; gemcitabine; glutathione inhibitors; hepsulfam; heregulin; hexamethylene bisacetamide; hypericin; ibandronic acid; idarubicin; idoxifene; idramantone; ilmofosine; ilomastat; imidazoacridones; imiquimod; immunostimulant peptides; insulin-like growth factor- 1 receptor inhibitor; interferon agonists; interferons; interleukins; iobenguane;
iododoxorubicin; ipomeanol, 4-; iroplact; irsogladine; isobengazole; isohomohalicondrin B; itasetron; jasplakinolide; kahalalide F; lamellarin-N triacetate; lanreotide; leinamycin;
lenograstim; lentinan sulfate; leptolstatin; letrozole; leukemia inhibiting factor; leukocyte alpha interferon; leuprolide+estrogen+progesterone; leuprorelin; levamisole; liarozole; linear polyamine analogue; lipophilic disaccharide peptide; lipophilic platinum compounds; lissoclinamide 7; lobaplatin; lombricine; lometrexol; lonidamine; losoxantrone; lovastatin; loxoribine; lurtotecan; lutetium texaphyrin; lysofylline; lytic peptides; maitansine;
mannostatin A; marimastat; masoprocol; maspin; matrilysin inhibitors; matrix
metalloproteinase inhibitors; menogaril; merbarone; meterelin; methioninase;
metoclopramide; MIF inhibitor; mifepristone; miltefosine; mirimostim; mismatched double stranded RNA; mitoguazone; mitolactol; mitomycin analogues; mitonafide; mitotoxin fibroblast growth factor-saporin; mitoxantrone; mofarotene; molgramostim; monoclonal antibody, human chorionic gonadotrophin; monophosphoryl lipid A+myobacterium cell wall sk; mopidamol; multiple drug resistance gene inhibitor; multiple tumor suppressor 1- based therapy; mustard anticancer agent; mycaperoxide B; mycobacterial cell wall extract; myriaporone; N-acetyldinaline; N-substituted benzamides; nafarelin; nagrestip;
naloxone+pentazocine; napavin; naphterpin; nartograstim; nedaplatin; nemorubicin;
neridronic acid; neutral endopeptidase; nilutamide; nisamycin; nitric oxide modulators; nitroxide antioxidant; nitrullyn; 06-benzylguanine; octreotide; okicenone; oligonucleotides; onapristone; ondansetron; ondansetron; oracin; oral cytokine inducer; ormaplatin;
osaterone; oxaliplatin; oxaunomycin; paclitaxel; paclitaxel analogues; paclitaxel derivatives; palauamine; palmitoylrhizoxin; pamidronic acid; panaxytriol; panomifene; parabactin; pazelliptine; pegaspargase; peldesine; pentosan polysulfate sodium; pentostatin; pentrozole; perflubron; perfosfamide; perillyl alcohol; phenazinomycin; phenylacetate; phosphatase inhibitors; picibanil; pilocarpine hydrochloride; pirarubicin; piritrexim; placetin A; placetin
B; plasminogen activator inhibitor; platinum complex; platinum compounds; platinum- triamine complex; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednisone; propyl bis-acridone; prostaglandin J2; proteasome inhibitors; protein A-based immune modulator; protein kinase C inhibitor; protein kinase C inhibitors, microalgal; protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors; purine nucleoside phosphorylase inhibitors; purpurins; pyrazoloacridine; pyridoxylated hemoglobin polyoxyethylene conjugate; raf antagonists; raltitrexed; ramosetron; ras farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors; ras inhibitors; ras-GAP inhibitor; retelliptine demethylated; rhenium Re 186 etidronate; rhizoxin; ribozymes; RII retinamide; rogletimide; rohitukine; romurtide; roquinimex; rubiginone B 1 ; ruboxyl; safingol; saintopin; SarCNU; sarcophytol A; sargramostim; Sdi 1 mimetics; semustine; senescence derived inhibitor 1; sense oligonucleotides; signal transduction inhibitors; signal transduction modulators; single chain antigen binding protein; sizofiran; sobuzoxane; sodium borocaptate; sodium phenylacetate; solverol; somatomedin binding protein; sonermin; sparfosic acid; spicamycin D; spiromustine; splenopentin; spongistatin 1 ; squalamine; stem cell inhibitor; stem-cell division inhibitors; stipiamide; stromelysin inhibitors; sulfinosine; superactive vasoactive intestinal peptide antagonist; suradista; suramin; swainsonine; synthetic
glycosaminoglycans; tallimustine; tamoxifen methiodide; tauromustine; tazarotene;
tecogalan sodium; tegafur; tellurapyrylium; telomerase inhibitors; temoporfin;
temozolomide; teniposide; tetrachlorodecaoxide; tetrazomine; thaliblastine; thiocoraline; thrombopoietin; thrombopoietin mimetic; thymalfasin; thymopoietin receptor agonist; thymotrinan; thyroid stimulating hormone; tin ethyl etiopurpurin; tirapazamine; titanocene bichloride; topsentin; toremifene; totipotent stem cell factor; translation inhibitors; tretinoin; triacetyluridine; triciribine; trimetrexate; triptorelin; tropisetron; turosteride; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; tyrphostins; UBC inhibitors; ubenimex; urogenital sinus-derived growth inhibitory factor; urokinase receptor antagonists; vapreotide; variolin B; vector system, erythrocyte gene therapy; velaresol; veramine; verdins; verteporfin; vinorelbine; vinxaltine; vitaxin; vorozole; zanoterone; zeniplatin; zilascorb; and zinostatin stimalamer. In one embodiment, the anti-cancer drug is 5-fluorouracil, taxol, or leucovorin.
Methods Related to Treatment of Conditions Involving Microorganisms
Disclosed is a method for prophylactically treating a human or a mammal against infection by a microorganism, comprising administering to a human or mammal an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Further disclosed is a method for decreasing the virulence of a microorganism when a human or a mammal is infected with a microorganism, comprising administering to a human or mammal an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Yet further disclosed is a method for treating an infection in a human or mammal caused by a microorganism, comprising administering to a human or mammal an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Still further disclosed is a method for treating a human or mammal diagnosed with an infection caused by a microorganism, comprising administering to a human or mammal an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Also disclosed is a method for preventing transmission of a disease caused by a microorganism from a human or mammal to a human or mammal, comprising administering to a human or mammal an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Still yet further disclosed is a method for preventing infection of a human or a mammal during a surgical procedure, comprising administering to a human or mammal an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
The microorganism can be any benign or virulent microorganism, for example, bacteria, viruses, yeasts, fungi, or parasites. The following are non-limiting examples of microorganisms that can be affected by the disclosed HIF-1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors. By the term "affected" is meant, the virulence of the microorganism is reduced, diminished or eliminated. The cause of the reduction, diminishment, or elimination of the virulence can be from the stabilization of HIF-1 and/or from the increased level of phagocytosis due to the administration of one or more of the disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Acinetobacter calcoaceticus, Acinetobacter haemolyticus, Aeromonas hydrophilia, Agrobacterium tumefaciens, Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus halodurans, Bacillus subtilis, Bacteroides distasonis, Bacteroides eggerthii, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides ovalus, Bacteroides 3452A homology group, Bacteroides splanchnicus, Bacteroides
thetaiotaomicron, Bacteroides uniformis, Bacteroides vulgatus, Bordetella bronchiseptica, Bordetella parapertussis, Bordetella pertussis, Borrelia burgdorferi, Branhamella catarrhalis, Brucella melitensis, Burkholderia cepacia, Burkholderia pseudomallei, Campylobacter coli, Campy lobacterfetus, Campylobacter jejuni, Caulobacter crescentus, Citrobacter freundii, Clostridium difficile, Clostridium perftingens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium glutamicum, Corynebacterium ulcerans, Edwardsiella tarda, Enterobacter aerogenes, Erwinia chrysanthemi, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Escherichia coli, Francisella tularensis, Gardnerella vaginalis, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus haemolyticus, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Helicobacter pylori, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Kluyvera cryocrescens, Legionella
pneumophila, Listeria innocua, Listeria monocytogenes, Listeria welshimeri,
Methanosarcina acetivorans, Methanosarcina mazei, Morganella morganii,
Mycobacterium avium, Mycobacterium intracellulare, Mycobacterium leprae,
Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mesorhizobium loti, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Pasteurella haemolytica, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Providencia rettgeri, Providencia stuartii, Proteus mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris,
Pseudomonas acidovorans, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas alcaligenes,
Pseudomonasfluorescens, Pseudomonas putida, Ralstonia solanacearum, Salmonella enterica subsp. enteridtidis, Salmonella enterica subsp. paratyphi, Salmonella enterica, subsp. typhimurium, Salmonella enterica, subsp. typhi, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella flexneri, Shigella sonnei, Sinorhizobium meliloti, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus criceti, Staphylococcus epidemmidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus hyicus, Staphylococcus intermedius,
Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Staphylococcus saccharolyticus, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Staphylococcus sciuri, Streptomyces avermitilis, Streptomyces coelicolor, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes
Sulfobalblobus sofflataricus, Thermotoga maritima, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio
parahaemolyticus, Vogesella indigofera, Xanthomonas axonopodis, Xanthomonas campestris, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia intermedia, Yersinia pestis, and Yersinia pseudotuberculosis
Methods Relating to Vaccination or Iiiiiociilation
Disclosed herein are methods for enhancing the effectiveness of a vaccine, comprising co-administering to a human or mammal a vaccine in combination with one or more HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
Non-limiting examples of vaccines are those for stimulating antibodies against hepatitis, influenza, measles, rubella, tetanus, polio, rabies, and the like.
Therefore, the disclosed methods includes administering, or in the case of contacting cells in vitro, in vivo or ex vivo, the one or more HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors and any co-administered compounds topically, buccally, orally, intradermally, subcutaneously, mucosally in the eye, vagina, rectum, and nose, intravenously, and intramuscularly.
PROCEDURES
EGLN-1 activity assay
The EGLN-1 (or EGLN-3) enzyme activity is determined using mass spectrometry
(matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization, time-of-flight MS, MALDI-TOF MS.
Recombinant human EGLN-1 -179/426 is prepared as described above and in the
Supplemental Data. Full-length recombinant human EGLN-3 is prepared in a similar way, however it is necessary to use the His-MBP-TVMV-EGLN-3 fusion for the assay due to the instability of the cleaved protein. For both enzymes, the HIF-Ια peptide corresponding to residues 556-574 is used as substrate. The reaction is conducted in a total volume of 50 containing TrisCl (5 mM, pH 7.5), ascorbate (120 μΜ), 2-oxoglutarate (3.2 μΜ), HIF-la (8.6 μΜ), and bovine serum albumin (0.01%). The enzyme, quantity predetermined to hydroxylate 20% of substrate in 20 minutes, is added to start the reaction. Where inhibitors are used, compounds are prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide at 10-fold final assay
concentration. After 20 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by transferring 10 μϊ^ of reaction mixture to 50 μϊ^ of a mass spectrometry matrix solution (a-cyano-4- hydroxycinnamic acid, 5 mg/mL in 50% acetonitrile/0.1% TFA, 5 mM NFLPC^). Two microliters of the mixture is spotted onto a MALDI-TOF MS target plate for analysis with an Applied Biosystems (Foster City, CA) 4700 Proteomics Analyzer MALDI-TOF MS equipped with a Nd:YAG laser (355 nm, 3 ns pulse width, 200 Hz repetition rate).
Hydroxylated peptide product is identified from substrate by the gain of 16 Da. Data defined as percent conversion of substrate to product is analyzed in GraphPad Prism 4 to calculate IC50 values.
VEGF ELISA assay
HEK293 cells are seeded in 96-well poly-lysine coated plates at 20,000 cells per well in DMEM (10% FBS, 1% NEAA, 0.1% glutamine). Following overnight incubation, the cells are washed with 100 μΐ^ of Opti-MEM (Gibco, Carlsbad, CA) to remove serum. Compound in DMSO is serially diluted (beginning with 100 μΜ) in Opti-MEM and added to the cells. The conditioned media is analyzed for VEGF with a Quantikine human VEGF immunoassay kit (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN). Optical density measurements at 450 nm are recorded using the Spectra Max 250 (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA). Data defined as % of DFO stimulation is used to calculate EC50 values with GraphPad Prism 4 software (San Diego, CA).
Mouse Ischemic Hindlimb Study
All animal work is conducted in accordance with the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (National Academy of Sciences; Copyright ©1996). Used in these experiments were 9-10 week old male C57B1/6 mice from Charles River Laboratory (Portage, MI). The mice are orally dosed with vehicle (aqueous carbonate buffer, 50 mM; pH 9.0) or with the compound to be tested in vehicle at 50 mg/kg or 100 mg/kg. The animals are dosed three times: day 1 at 8 AM and 5 PM, and on day 2 at 8 AM. One hour after the first dose, unilateral arterial ligation is performed under anesthesia using isoflurane. The femoral artery is ligated proximal to the origin of the popliteal artery. The contralateral limb undergoes a sham surgical procedure. Ligation is performed in an alternating fashion between right and left hindlimbs. Two hours after the 8 AM dosing on day 2, blood is obtained by ventricular stick while the mice are anesthetized with isoflurane. Serum samples for EPO analysis are obtained using gel clot serum separation tubes. Heart, liver, and gastrocnemius muscles are harvested, snap-frozen in liquid nitrogen, and stored in -80°C until use.
Mouse Serum EPO Assay
The mouse serum EPO is detected using Mouse Quantikine Erythropoietin ELISA kit from R&D Systems according to manufacturer's instructions.
Mouse Tissue HIF Western Blot Analysis
Tissues from mice stored at -80°C are powdered with mortar and pestle chilled with liquid nitrogen. Nuclear extracts are prepared using an NE-PER kit (Pierce Biotechnology). For immunoprecipitation, nuclear extract is added to monoclonal antibody to HIF- la (Novus, Littleton, CO) at a tissue to antibody ratio of 200: 1. The suspension is incubated in a conical micro centrifuge tube for 4 hours at 4 °C. Protein A/G-coupled agarose beads (40 of a 50% suspension) are then added to the tube. Following overnight tumbling at 4 °C, the beads are washed 3 times with ice-cold phosphate buffered saline. The beads are then prepared for SDS-PAGE with 40 μϊ^ of Laemmli sample buffer. Proteins separated on SDS-PAGE are transferred onto nitrocellulose sheets with XCell-II Blot Module system
(Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). The blots are blocked with 5% BSA prior to incubation with a rabbit antibody to HIF- la at 1 : 100 dilution (Novus). The blots are then washed with Tris- buffered saline/Tween-20 buffer and incubated with horseradish peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-rabbit secondary antibody (Pierce, Rockford, IL). Blots are developed with the ECL reagent (Amersham, Piscataway, NJ). Images of blots are captured with an Epson Expression 1600 scanner.
Table VIII below provides non-limiting examples of the in vivo response for compounds according to the present disclosure, for example, HIFPH2 (EGL l) inhibition and VEGF stimulation.
TABLE VIII
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Compound F2 was further tested in the mouse serum EPO assay described herein above and found to have an EPO EC50 = 14 μΜ.
Enhanced Neutrophil Activity
One aspect of the disclosure relates to the increased neutrophil activity and increased neutrophil life that the disclosed compounds can provide. The following provides methods and examples of increased phagocytosis by the disclosed compounds. In the examples below the Staphylococcus aureus Newman cell strain is ATCC # 25904 and the methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus strain is ATCC # 33591, and the U937 cell line is ATCC # CRL-1593.2. The HaCaT cells were generated by the procedure of Boukamp P et ah, "Normal keratinization in a spontaneously immortalized aneuploid human keratinocyte cell line." J Cell Biol. (1988) Mar: 106(3):761-71.
For bacterial assays, S. Aureus (ATCC 33591) can be grown in Todd-Hewitt broth (THB) to logarithmic phase (OD6oo of 0.4 or ~5 x 107 cfu/mL) and then pelleted, washed, and resuspended in PBS or RPMI 1640 tissue-culture medium to the desired concentration. Venous blood from healthy volunteers can be used for whole blood and neutrophil isolation. Neutrophils can be purified using the PolyMorphPrep Kit (Axis Shield) in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Human monocytic cell line U937 can be propagated in RPMI 1640 plus 10% fetal calf serum, 1 mmol/L NaPyr, 10 mmol/L HEPES, and glucose. Whole blood or phagocytic cells can be preincubated with mimosine (Sigma-Aldrich) (0-500 μιηοΙ/L) for 2-4 hours then challenged with S. Aureus (either 105 cfu in 100 μΐ^ added to 300 of whole blood or at an MOI of 1 bacterium/cell for isolated phagocytes). Aliquots are then plated on THB agar after 30 (whole blood and neutrophils) or 60 (U937 monocytes) min for enumeration of surviving 5*. Aureus colony-forming units.
EXAMPLE 5
Isolated human neutrophils were pre-incubated for 1 hour at 37 °C with a control consisting of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), 50 μΜ and 200 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII. Staphylococcus aureus (Newman strain) was then added to the neutrophils at an MOI of approximately 0.1 (1 bacterium for every 10 neutrophils). Samples were taken at 60 and 90 minutes wherein the neutrophils were lysed with water, and the total bacteria remaining were enumerated on Todd-Hewitt broth (THB) agar plates.
Figure 2 depicts the effectiveness of a compound disclosed in Table VIII in providing enhanced killing of S. aureus (Newman strain) at concentrations of 50 μΜ and 200 μΜ versus control. As can be seen in Figure 2, at 90 minutes post-infection, approximately half of the colony forming units are absent at a concentration of 200 μΜ.
EXAMPLE 6
Cells from the human monocyte cell line U937 were pre-incubated for 2 hours at 37 °C under an atmosphere of 5% CO2 with a control consisting of DMSO and 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII. Staphylococcus aureus (virulent Newman strain) was then added to the cells at an MOI of approximately 1 (1 bacterium for every 1 cell).
Samples are drawn at 30, 60, 90 and 120 minutes post-infection. The U937 cells were lysed with Triton™, and the amount of bacteria remaining were enumerated on THB agar plates.
As depicted in Figure 3, 4-prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor a compound disclosed in Table VIII is effective in killing 5*. aureus when compared to a control (DMSO). At 120 minutes, a compound disclosed in Table VIII produces an 84% kill of Newman strain S. aureus when the monocyte cells are treated with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII, thereby showing increased phagocytosis due to extended neutrophil life span.
EXAMPLE 7 Two samples of cells from the human monocyte cell line U937 were pre-treated with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII. One sample was pre-incubated for 1 hour and the other sample pre-incubated for 2 hours, both at 37 °C under an atmosphere of 5% CO2. S. aureus (virulent Newman strain) was then added to the cells at an MOI of approximately 1-2 (1-2 bacteria for every 1 cell). Aliquots of cells were removed from each sample at 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes post- infection, the U937 cells were immediately lysed with Triton™, and total of remaining bacteria remaining were enumerated on THB agar plates.
As depicted in Figure 4, U937 monocyte cells pre-treated with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII for 1 hour (black bars) had almost no colony forming units present 120 minutes post-infection, whereas the cells pre-treated two hours prior to infection had approximately 15% colony forming units present as compared to cells that were untreated. In addition, Figure 4 indicates that within 1 hour after the U937 monocyte cells had bee exposed to S. aureus (Newman strain), the number of colony forming units present was significantly reduced relative to cells receiving no HIF-Ια inhibitor.
EXAMPLE 8
Two samples of cells from the human monocyte cell line U937 were pre-treated with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII for 1 at 37 °C under an atmosphere of 5% CO2. S. aureus (Newman strain) was added to one sample and to the other was added methicillin-resistant 5*. aureus (MRSA). Both bacteria were added at an MOI of approximately 2-3 (2-3 bacteria for every 1 cell). Aliquots of cells were removed from each sample at 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes post-infection. The U937 cells were immediately lysed with Triton™, and total of remaining bacteria remaining were enumerated on THB agar plates.
As depicted in Figure 5, at 120 minutes post- infection, the MRSA infected cells had only 25% of the average percentage of colony forming units present when compared to control as represented by the black bars. Also depicted in Figure 5, at 60 minutes postinfection, the Newman strain of S. aureus had only approximately 12% of the average percentage of colony forming units present when compared to control, and almost no colony forming units present atl20 minutes post-infection as represented by the hatched bars.
EXAMPLE 9
Two samples of cells from the human monocyte cell line U937 treated with 10 μΜ a compound disclosed in Table VIII were infected with either S. aureus (Newman strain) and methicillin-resistant 5*. aureus (MRSA). Both bacteria were added at an MOI of approximately 2-3 (2-3 bacteria for every 1 cell). Aliquots of cells were removed from each sample at 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes post-infection. The U937 cells were immediately lysed with Triton™, and total remaining bacteria were enumerated on THB agar plates.
As depicted in Figure 6, even without pre-treatment with a compound disclosed in
Table VIII, at 60 minutes post- infection, the Newman strain of S. aureus had only 25% of the average percentage of colony forming units present when compared to control as represented by the black bars. The MRSA strain was reduced to less than approximately 40% of the average percentage of colony forming units present when compared to control as represented by the hatched bars.
EXAMPLE 10
Three samples of cells from the human monocyte cell line U937 were treated with 100 μΜ mimosine, 2 μg/mL vancomycin or 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII. Each sample was infected with either 5*. aureus (Newman strain) or methicillin-resistant 5*. aureus (MRSA). Both bacteria were added at an MOI of approximately 2-3 (2-3 bacteria for every 1 cell). At 120 minutes post- infection aliquots were withdrawn from all six samples and the U937 cells were immediately lysed with Triton™, and total remaining bacteria were enumerated on THB agar plates.
As depicted in Figure 7, 10 μΜ a compound disclosed in Table VIII enhanced kill of both bacterial strains, i.e., S. aureus, Newman (hatched bars) or MRSA (black bars), when compared to mimosine treated cells. Refering to the hatched bars representing Newman strain, as further depicted in Figure 7, the sample treated with 10 μΜ a compound disclosed in Table VIII had a lower average percentage of colony forming units present than the cells treated with vancomycin. The U937 cells infected with MRSA (black bars) had approximately 40% of the colony forming units present versus untreated cells and less than half the number of those treated with mimosine.
Figure 8 depicts the average percentage of colony forming units present (Newman strain) versus control for human monocyte cells (U937) at 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes postinfection, when treated with 10 μΜ a compound disclosed in Table VIII. The black bars represent treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII beginning at the time of infection with S. aureus, the hatched bars represent cells pretreated with a compound disclosed in Table VIII and white bars represent cells pretreated two hours prior to infection with 5*. aureus. Figure 9 depicts the average percent of colony forming units present at 120 minutes post-infection vs DMSO (control) when HaCaT cells are pre-treated for 1 hour according to the examples above with 800 μΜ mimosine, 10 μΜ of compound disclosed in Table VIII or 1 μg mL vancomycin followed by inoculation with 5*. aureus (Newman strain, hatched bars) and methicillin-resistant 5*. aureus (MRSA, black bars). Figure 10 depicts the average percent of colony forming units present at 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes post-infection for Newman strain of S. aureus (hatched bars) and MRSA (black bars) when HaCaT cells are pre-treated for 1 hour according to the examples above with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII.
Figure 11 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (E), 10 μΜ (F), and 50 μΜ (G) vs. wild type control (H) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (A), 10 μΜ (B), and 50 μΜ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D). Both cell types were treated for 7 hours.
Figure 12 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (E), 10 μΜ (F), vs. wild type control (G) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (A), 10 μΜ (B), and 50 μΜ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
Figure 13 depicts the up regulation of phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (E), 10 μΜ (F), and 50 μΜ (G) vs. wild type control (H) and the lack of up regulation of PGK expression in HIF-1 knock out cells as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (A), 10 μΜ (B), and 50 μΜ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) is dependent upon the presence of HIF-1 in cells. Figure 14 depicts the up regulation of vascular endothelia growth factor
(VEGF) expression in wild type murine embryonic fibroblasts as a result of treatment with a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (E), 10 μΜ (F), and 50 μΜ (G) vs. control (H) and the lack of up regulation of VEGF expression in HIF-1 knock out cells treated with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII at dosages of 1 μΜ (A), 10 μΜ (B), and 50 μΜ (C) and HIF-1 knock out control (D). Both cell types were treated for 7 hours. As seen in Figure 14, VEGF is increased when dosed at 10 μΜ (F) and 50 μΜ (G). In HIF-1 knock out cells, there is no increase in PGK up regulation when HIF-1 knock out cells are dosed at 1 μΜ (A), 10 μΜ (B), and 50 μΜ (C) when compared to wild type control (H) and HIF-1 knock out control (D).
Wound Healing
EXAMPLE 11
Twenty-four (24) mice were divided into three groups. Group 2 animals were administered bacterial inoculum (Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain [ATCC #25904]) by subcutaneous injection on Day 0 and received 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII for 6 days starting at 2 hours post-infection (Days 0-5). Group 1 received subcutaneous injections of DMSO. Group 3 served as a control group and received no treatment. Lesion size was monitored daily during the study. Only open wounds were considered lesions; bumps and white patches without an open wound were not measured for lesion size. On Day 7, the final lesion size was measured and mice were sacrificed for determination of bacterial load in skin and kidney. Day 7 post- infection, mice were sacrificed after final lesion size measurement and the lesioned skin tissue and both kidneys were collected. Skin and kidneys were homogenized in phosphate buffered saline, serially diluted, and plated on Todd-Hewitt agar plates to enumerate colony forming units of bacteria.
Figure 15 shows the significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid circles (·)) treated with 10μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animal treated with DMSO (solid squares (■)). As depicted in Figure 15, mice infected with Newman strain of S. aureus followed by treatment with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII or DMSO (control) at 2 hours post-infection. The data show the statistically significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals treated with a compound disclosed in Table VIII (solid circles (·)) or DMSO (solid squares (■)).
Figure 16 shows the significant reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid circles (·)) treated with 10μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus untreated animals (solid triangles (A )). As depicted in Figure 16, mice infected with Newman strain of S. aureus followed by treatment with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII or no treatment at 2 hours post-infection. The data show the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals treated with a compound disclosed in Table VIII (solid circles (·)) or untreated (solid triangles (A)).
EXAMPLE 12
Twenty-four (24) mice were divided into three groups. Group 1 animals were administered bacterial inoculum (Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic sensitive Newman strain [ATCC #25904]) by subcutaneous injection on Day 0 and received 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII for 6 days starting at 2 hours post-infection (Days 0-5). Group 2 received subcutaneous injections of DMSO. Group 3 served as a control group and received no treatment. Lesion size was monitored daily during the study. Only open wounds were considered lesions; bumps and white patches without an open wound were not measured for lesion size. Day 7 post-infection, mice were sacrificed after final lesion size measurement and lesioned skin tissue and both kidneys were collected. Skin and kidneys were homogenized in phosphate buffered saline, serially diluted, and plated on Todd-Hewitt agar plates to enumerate colony forming units of bacteria.
Figure 17 is a plot histogram wherein the number of observed colony forming units per gram of skin tissue is depicted. The straight lines indicate the mean value for each group. The results for the untreated group are plotted under (A), the results for the group treated with DMSO are plotted under (B) and results for the group treated with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII are plotted under (C).
Figure 18 is a plot of the observed colony forming units of bacteria found in the kidneys of the animals. The results for the untreated group are plotted under (A), the results for the group treated with DMSO are plotted under (B) and results for the group treated with 10 μΜ of a compound disclosed in Table VIII are plotted under (C). As can be seen from these data, half of the animals treated with the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor disclosed in Table VIII had no bacteria in the kidney indicating that the compound disclosed in Table VIII was able to systemically prevent spread of the infection from the wound to the kidney.
EXAMPLE 13
Twenty (20) mice were divided into two groups. Group 1 animals were
administered bacterial inoculum (Streptococcus pyogenes NZ131 [M49 strain]) by subcutaneous injection on Day 0 and were pretreated with compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII once per day for 4 days, starting 2 hours pre-infection (Days 0-3). Compound a compound disclosed in Table VIII was formulated in cyclodextran and diluted in distilled water prior to subcutaneous injection, at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg. Lesion size was monitored daily during the study. Only open wounds were considered lesions; bumps and white patches without an open wound were not measured for lesion size. On Day 4 post-infection, mice were sacrificed after final lesion size measurement and lesioned skin tissue and both kidneys were collected. Skin and kidneys were homogenized in phosphate buffered saline, serially diluted, and plated on Todd-Hewitt agar plates to enumerate colony forming units of bacteria.
Figure 19 depicts the results of Example 13 wherein 2 groups of animals are treated with Streptococcus pyogenes NZ131 [M49 strain]. The data show the reduction in the size of skin lesions (wounds) for animals in Group 1 (solid triangles (A )) treated with 0.5 mg/kg of a compound disclosed in Table VIII versus animal treated with vehicle control
(cyclodextran) (solid circles (·)). Figure 20 is a plot histogram that also depicts the results of Example 12 wherein the number of colony forming units for the observed skin lesions on animals treated with vehicle control (cyclodextran) are plotted under (A) and results for the group treated with 0.5 mg/kg of a compound disclosed in Table VIII are plotted under (B).
KITS
Also disclosed are kits comprising the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors be delivered into a human, mammal, or cell. The kits can comprise one or more packaged unit doses of a composition comprising one or more HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors to be delivered into a human, mammal, or cell. The units dosage ampules or multidose containers, in which the HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors to be delivered are packaged prior to use, can comprise an hermetically sealed container enclosing an amount of polynucleotide or solution containing a substance suitable for a pharmaceutically effective dose thereof, or multiples of an effective dose. The HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor can be packaged as a sterile formulation, and the hermetically sealed container is designed to preserve sterility of the formulation until use.
The disclosed HIF-Ια prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors can also be present in liquids, emulsions, or suspensions for delivery of active therapeutic agents in aerosol form to cavities of the body such as the nose, throat, or bronchial passages. The ratio of HIF-la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors to the other compounding agents in these preparations will vary as the dosage form requires.
Depending on the intended mode of administration, the pharmaceutical
compositions can be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as, for example, tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, lotions, creams, gels, or the like, preferably in unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precise dosage. The compositions will include, as noted above, an effective amount of the HIF- 1 a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, in addition, can include other medicinal agents, pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, diluents, etc.
For solid compositions, conventional nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. Liquid
pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc., an active compound as described herein and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in an excipient, such as, for example, water, saline aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension. If desired, the
pharmaceutical composition to be administered can also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, etc. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example see Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, referenced above.
Parental administration, if used, is generally characterized by injection. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. A more recently revised approach for parental administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 3,710,795, which is incorporated by reference herein.
When the HIF- la prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors are to be delivered into a mammal other than a human, the mammal can be a non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The terms human and mammal do not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered. A patient, subject, human or mammal refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder. The term "patient" includes human and veterinary subjects.
I l l While particular embodiments of the present disclosure have been illustrated and described, it would be obvious to those skilled in the art that various other changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. It is therefore intended to cover in the appended claims all such changes and modifications that are within the scope of this disclosure.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000114_0001
wherein Z is phenyl substituted with from 1 to 5 halogens chosen from fluorine and chlorine;
R4 is C1-C4 linear alkyl or C3-C4 branched alkyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein R4 is methyl.
3. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein R4 is ethyl.
4. The compound according to Claim 1, wherein R4 is tert-butyl.
5. The compound according to any of Claims 1 to 4, wherein Z is 4-chlorophenyl.
6. The compound according to any of Claims 1 to 4, wherein Z is chosen from 2- chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl.
7. The compound according to any of Claims 1 to 4, wherein Z is chosen from 2,3- difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3- dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, and 2,6-dichlorophenyl.
8. The compound tert-butyl 4-{[l-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2- dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate.
9. A compound chosen from: Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate; and
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate.
10. A compound according to any of Claims 1 to 9, wherein the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of an anion chosen from chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, hydrogensulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, glycolate, or citrate.
11. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein Z is phenyl substituted with from 1 to 5 halogens chosen from fluorine and chlorine;
R is C1-C4 linear alkyl or C3-C4 branched alkyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. The compound according to Claim 11, wherein R is methyl.
13. The compound according to Claim 11, wherein R is ethyl.
14. The compound according to Claim 11, wherein R is tert-butyl.
15. The compound according to any of Claims 11 to 14, wherein Z is 4-chlorophenyl.
16. The compound according to any of Claims 11 to 14, wherein Z is chosen from 2- chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl.
17. The compound according to any of Claims 1 to 14, wherein Z is chosen from 2,3- difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3- dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, and 2,6-dichlorophenyl.
18. The compound tert-butyl 4-{[l-(4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l,2- dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate.
19. A compound chosen from:
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [1 -(3-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate; tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate; and
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate.
20. A compound according to any of Claims 1 to 9, wherein the compound is a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt of an anion chosen from chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, hydrogensulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, glycolate, or citrate.
A composition comprising:
a) one or more compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000118_0001
wherein Z is phenyl substituted with from 1 to 5 halogens chosen from fluorine and chlorine;
wherein R4 is C1-C4 linear alkyl or C3-C4 branched alkyl; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and
b) one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
22. The composition according to Claim 21, wherein R4 is methyl.
23. The composition according to Claim 21, wherein R4 is ethyl.
24. The composition according to Claim 21, wherein R4 is tert-butyl.
25. The composition according to any of Claims 21 to 24, wherein Z is 4-chlorophenyl.
26. The composition according to any of Claims 21 to 24, wherein Z is chosen from 2- chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl.
27. The composition according to any of Claims 21 to 24, wherein Z is chosen from 2,3- difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3- dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, and 2,6-dichlorophenyl.
28. The composition according to Claim 21, comprising tert-butyl 4-{[l-(4-chloro- benzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo-l, 2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate.
29. The composition according to Claim 21, comprising one or more compounds chosen from:
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l-carboxylate; Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate; or
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorobenzyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate.
30. The composition according to any of Claims 21 to 29, wherein the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of an anion chosen from chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, hydrogensulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, glycolate, or citrate.
31. A composition comprising:
a) one or more compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000120_0001
wherein Z is phenyl substituted with from 1 to 5 halogens chosen from fluorine and chlorine;
wherein R4 is C1-C4 linear alkyl or C3-C4 branched alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and
one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
32. The composition according to Claim 31, wherein R4 is methyl.
33. The composition according to Claim 31, wherein R4 is ethyl.
34. The composition according to Claim 31, wherein R4 is tert-butyl.
35. The composition according to any of Claims 31 to 34, wherein Z is 4-chlorophenyl.
36. The composition according to any of Claims 31 to 34, wherein Z is chosen from 2- chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl.
37. The composition according to any of Claims 31 to 34, wherein Z is chosen from 2,3- difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3- dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, and 2,6-dichlorophenyl.
38. The composition according to Claim 31, comprising tert-butyl 4-{[l-(4-chloro- phenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4-yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 - carboxylate.
39. The composition according to Claim 31, comprising one or more compounds chosen from:
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate; tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine- 1 -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Methyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy -2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
Ethyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate;
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(3 -fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate; or
tert-Butyl 4- { [ 1 -(2-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-3 -hydroxy-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydropyridin-4- yl]methyl}piperazine-l -carboxylate.
40. The composition according to any of Claims 31 to 39, wherein the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of an anion chosen from chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, hydrogensulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, glycolate, or citrate.
PCT/US2010/055694 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors WO2011057115A1 (en)

Priority Applications (26)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020147008577A KR20140048341A (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
EP19174520.7A EP3603644A1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
BR112012010762-3A BR112012010762B1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 ALKYL PIPERAZINE-1-CARBOXYLATE COMPOUNDS PROLYL HYDROXYLASE INHIBITORS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION INCLUDING SUCH COMPOUNDS
SI201030283T SI2496236T1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
KR1020127014419A KR101445946B1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
DK10829176.6T DK2496236T3 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
CN201080050181.9A CN102612367B (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
CA2774043A CA2774043C (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
PL10829176T PL2496236T4 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
NZ600396A NZ600396A (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
EP15154363.4A EP2952192B1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
RU2012123387/04A RU2518071C2 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
KR1020157001507A KR101613103B1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
AU2010314976A AU2010314976B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
MX2013009454A MX365138B (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
EP10829176.6A EP2496236B1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
IN4940DEN2012 IN2012DN04940A (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05
MX2012005274A MX2012005274A (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors.
JP2012537237A JP5599467B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor
ES10829176T ES2424122T3 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolylhydroxylase inhibitors
RS20130321A RS52870B (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
IL219612A IL219612A (en) 2009-11-06 2012-05-06 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
ZA2012/04104A ZA201204104B (en) 2009-11-06 2012-06-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
HK12110020.9A HK1169313A1 (en) 2009-11-06 2012-10-11 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
HRP20130691AT HRP20130691T1 (en) 2009-11-06 2013-07-23 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
SM201300096T SMT201300096B (en) 2009-11-06 2013-09-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US25891409P 2009-11-06 2009-11-06
US25891809P 2009-11-06 2009-11-06
US61/258,918 2009-11-06
US61/258,914 2009-11-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011057115A1 true WO2011057115A1 (en) 2011-05-12

Family

ID=43970365

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/055691 WO2011057112A1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Methods for increasing the stabilization of hypoxia inducible factor-1 alpha
PCT/US2010/055694 WO2011057115A1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
PCT/US2010/055704 WO2011057121A1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Compositions and methods for treating colitis

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/055691 WO2011057112A1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Methods for increasing the stabilization of hypoxia inducible factor-1 alpha

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/055704 WO2011057121A1 (en) 2009-11-06 2010-11-05 Compositions and methods for treating colitis

Country Status (27)

Country Link
US (11) US8309537B2 (en)
EP (9) EP3603644A1 (en)
JP (6) JP5591939B2 (en)
KR (8) KR20140122283A (en)
CN (3) CN102612367B (en)
AU (3) AU2010314973B9 (en)
BR (3) BR112012010762B1 (en)
CA (3) CA2774039A1 (en)
DK (4) DK2496236T3 (en)
ES (5) ES2533128T3 (en)
HK (4) HK1169313A1 (en)
HR (3) HRP20130691T1 (en)
HU (1) HUE026109T2 (en)
IL (4) IL219612A (en)
IN (3) IN2012DN04949A (en)
MX (4) MX2012005275A (en)
MY (3) MY163511A (en)
NO (1) NO2853265T3 (en)
NZ (4) NZ629733A (en)
PL (4) PL2649998T3 (en)
PT (4) PT2496084E (en)
RS (3) RS54010B1 (en)
RU (3) RU2518416C2 (en)
SI (2) SI2496084T1 (en)
SM (1) SMT201300096B (en)
WO (3) WO2011057112A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201204104B (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9126958B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2015-09-08 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US9174950B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2015-11-03 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
US9388135B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-07-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing N-benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-substituted-pyridin-2-(1H)-ones
US9440963B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-09-13 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions, formulations and methods for treating ocular diseases
US9540326B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
US9539245B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Combination of immunotherapies with activators of Tie-2
US9994560B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2018-06-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. HPTP-β inhibitors
US10220048B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-05 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MX2008012991A (en) 2006-04-07 2008-10-17 Procter & Gamble Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (hptpbeta) and uses thereof.
WO2011044492A1 (en) * 2009-10-09 2011-04-14 University Of Rochester Methods of treatment and screening assays for hif-1alpha regulation
EP2717870B1 (en) * 2011-06-06 2017-09-27 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Composition for stabilizing hypoxia inducible factor-2 alpha useful for treating cancer
NO2686520T3 (en) 2011-06-06 2018-03-17
CN104039351A (en) 2011-10-13 2014-09-10 阿尔皮奥治疗学股份有限公司 Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome and cancer
NZ712479A (en) * 2013-03-15 2019-01-25 Univ Southern California Methods, compounds, and compositions for the treatment of angiotensin-related diseases
PE20160194A1 (en) 2013-06-13 2016-04-20 Akebia Therapeutics Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS TO TREAT ANEMIA
TW201632504A (en) 2015-01-23 2016-09-16 阿克比治療有限公司 Solid forms of 2-(5-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypicolinamido)acetic acid, compositions, and uses thereof
EA036920B1 (en) 2015-04-01 2021-01-15 Экебиа Терапьютикс, Инк. Compositions and methods for treating anemia
US10953036B2 (en) 2017-11-20 2021-03-23 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Compositions and methods of modulating HIF-2A to improve muscle generation and repair
TWI822776B (en) 2018-05-09 2023-11-21 美商阿克比治療有限公司 Process for preparing 2-[[5-(3-chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridine-2-carbonyl]amino]acetic acid
CN113164597A (en) 2018-09-24 2021-07-23 爱尔皮奥制药公司 Multispecific antibodies targeting HPTP-beta (VE-PTP) and VEGF
EP4061373A4 (en) * 2019-11-20 2023-11-15 Angion Biomedica Corp. Methods for treating inflammatory bowel disease
WO2021119033A1 (en) 2019-12-09 2021-06-17 Gb004, Inc. Compositions and methods of treatment
CA3169000A1 (en) * 2020-03-11 2021-09-16 Hideki Takeuchi Crystal of imidazopyridinone compound or salt thereof
WO2022036269A1 (en) * 2020-08-13 2022-02-17 Gb004, Inc. CRYSTALLINE FORMS OF AN HIF-1α PROLYL HYDROXYLASE INHIBITOR
WO2022036267A1 (en) 2020-08-13 2022-02-17 Gb004, Inc. Compositions and methods of treatment
JP2024505571A (en) * 2021-02-02 2024-02-06 リミナル・バイオサイエンシーズ・リミテッド GPR84 antagonists and their uses
KR102507532B1 (en) * 2022-09-14 2023-03-10 주식회사 에이치디에스바이오 Composition comprising Lactobacillus plantarum HAC03 and flavonoids for treating or preventing inflammatory bowel disease
WO2024165507A1 (en) * 2023-02-06 2024-08-15 Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale Use of hif-1α stabilizing agents for the treatment of type i interferonopathies
CN116196314B (en) * 2023-05-04 2023-08-15 广州市妇女儿童医疗中心 Application of RI-1 or salt thereof in preparation of medicine for preventing and treating gastrointestinal diseases

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996022021A1 (en) * 1995-01-20 1996-07-25 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Protein hydroxylation inhibitors for fibroproliferative disorders
US20090093483A1 (en) * 2006-12-18 2009-04-09 Amgen Inc. Naphthalenone compounds exhibiting prolyl hydroxylase inhibitory activity, compositions, and uses thereof

Family Cites Families (96)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3710795A (en) 1970-09-29 1973-01-16 Alza Corp Drug-delivery device with stretched, rate-controlling membrane
US3894920A (en) * 1971-12-21 1975-07-15 Sagami Chem Res Process for preparing alkyl-substituted 3,6-dihydro-o-dioxin derivatives
US3853900A (en) * 1973-09-14 1974-12-10 Searle & Co 4-benzyloxy-2 (1h)-pyridones
US5358949A (en) 1986-03-05 1994-10-25 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Carbostyril derivatives and salts thereof and anti-arrhythmic agents containing the carbostyril derivatives
TW219933B (en) 1990-02-26 1994-02-01 Lilly Co Eli
DE4221583A1 (en) * 1991-11-12 1993-05-13 Bayer Ag SUBSTITUTED BIPHENYLPYRIDONE
DE4316077A1 (en) * 1993-05-13 1994-11-17 Bayer Ag Substituted mono- and bihydridylmethylpyridones
ATE149485T1 (en) * 1993-11-02 1997-03-15 Hoechst Ag SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLIC CARBOXYLIC AMIDE ESTERS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS MEDICINAL PRODUCTS
TW406076B (en) * 1993-12-30 2000-09-21 Hoechst Ag Substituted heterocyclic carboxamides, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
US6046219A (en) 1995-01-20 2000-04-04 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Method for the treatment of conditions mediated by collagen formation together with cell proliferation by application of inhibitors of protein hydroxylation
US5849587A (en) * 1995-06-09 1998-12-15 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Method of inhibiting viral replication in eukaryotic cells and of inducing apoptosis of virally-infected cells
JP2000509047A (en) 1996-04-30 2000-07-18 ヘキスト・アクチエンゲゼルシヤフト 3-Alkoxypyridine-2-carboxamide esters, their preparation and their use as medicaments
DE19650215A1 (en) * 1996-12-04 1998-06-10 Hoechst Ag 3-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide esters, their preparation and their use as medicaments
UA66370C2 (en) * 1997-12-16 2004-05-17 Lilly Co Eli Arylpiperazines having activity to setotonin 1 receptors
US6589758B1 (en) 2000-05-19 2003-07-08 Amgen Inc. Crystal of a kinase-ligand complex and methods of use
DE60139506D1 (en) 2000-12-28 2009-09-17 Shionogi & Co 2-PYRIDONE DERIVATIVES WITH AFFINITY FOR THE CANNABINOID TYPE-2 RECEPTOR
US6855510B2 (en) 2001-03-20 2005-02-15 Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor
US6849718B2 (en) 2001-03-20 2005-02-01 Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Muteins of hypoxia inducible factor alpha and methods of use thereof
AU2002241154A1 (en) * 2001-03-21 2002-10-03 Isis Innovation Ltd. Assays, methods and means relating to hypoxia inducible factor (hif) hydroxylase
US6566088B1 (en) 2001-10-04 2003-05-20 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Prolyl-4-hydroxylases
CA2916093C (en) * 2001-12-06 2020-11-03 Fibrogen, Inc. Use of hif prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors for treating neurological disorders
EP1463411B1 (en) 2002-01-11 2005-11-09 Rhodianyl Use of zinc sulfide as an anti-mite agent
US7507568B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2009-03-24 The Proctor & Gamble Company Three dimensional coordinates of HPTPbeta
US7226755B1 (en) 2002-09-25 2007-06-05 The Procter & Gamble Company HPTPbeta as a target in treatment of angiogenesis mediated disorders
AU2003274330B2 (en) 2002-10-16 2009-06-04 Isis Innovation Limited Asparaginyl hydroxylases and modulators thereof
US6930117B2 (en) * 2002-11-09 2005-08-16 The Procter & Gamble Company N-alkyl-4-methyleneamino-3-hydroxy-2-pyridones
US6946479B2 (en) * 2002-11-09 2005-09-20 The Procter & Gamble Company N-sulfonyl-4-methyleneamino-3-hydroxy-2-pyridones
JP4736043B2 (en) * 2003-03-14 2011-07-27 小野薬品工業株式会社 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivatives and drugs containing them as active ingredients
US7183287B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2007-02-27 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted pyrimidinones
CN102977016B (en) * 2003-06-06 2015-01-14 菲布罗根有限公司 Nitrogen-containing heteroaryl compounds and their use in increasing endogeneous erythropoietin
US20060251638A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2006-11-09 Volkmar Guenzler-Pukall Cytoprotection through the use of hif hydroxylase inhibitors
CA2536669A1 (en) 2003-08-26 2005-03-17 Becton, Dickinson And Company Methods for intradermal delivery of therapeutics agents
US20070027047A1 (en) * 2003-10-31 2007-02-01 Earth Chemical Co., Ltd. Material in gel state
WO2005051933A1 (en) * 2003-11-28 2005-06-09 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited An improved process for the synthesis of 4-(4-benzyloxy-carbonylamino-2-fluorophenyl)-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, a key intermediate for oxazolidinone antimicrobials and compounds prepared thereby
WO2005074513A2 (en) 2004-01-30 2005-08-18 Merck & Co., Inc. N-benzyl-3,4-dihyroxypyridine-2-carboxamide and n-benzyl-2,3-dihydroxypyridine-4-carboxamide compounds useful as hiv integrase inhibitors
US20050258126A1 (en) 2004-05-21 2005-11-24 Aniceto Canamasas Puigbo Double bottomed jar
DE602005016800D1 (en) 2004-05-28 2009-11-05 Fibrogen Inc HIF-prolyl hydroxylase ACTIVITY TEST
US7718624B2 (en) * 2004-09-01 2010-05-18 Sitkovsky Michail V Modulation of immune response and inflammation by targeting hypoxia inducible factors
WO2006084210A2 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Regents Of The University Of California, San Diego Hif modulating compounds and methods of use thereof
US7588824B2 (en) * 2005-02-25 2009-09-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Hydrogen cyano fullerene containing proton conducting membranes
EP1871372A4 (en) 2005-04-08 2010-06-02 Neuromed Pharmaceuticals Ltd Combination therapy comprising an n-type calcium channel blocker for the alleviation of pain
US8177417B2 (en) * 2005-04-25 2012-05-15 Harsco Technologies Corporation Apparatus for continuous blending
DE102005019712A1 (en) 2005-04-28 2006-11-09 Bayer Healthcare Ag Dipyridyl-dihydropyrazolone and its use
CN101394843A (en) * 2005-06-06 2009-03-25 菲布罗根公司 Improved treatment for anemia using a HIF-alpha stabilising agent
WO2007033216A2 (en) 2005-09-12 2007-03-22 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center Methods and compositions for the treatment and diagnosis of diseases characterized by vascular leak, hypotension, or a procoagulant state
WO2007038571A2 (en) 2005-09-26 2007-04-05 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Prolyl hydroxylase antagonists
WO2007047194A2 (en) 2005-10-11 2007-04-26 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods for treating mitf-related disorders
ES2446416T3 (en) 2005-12-09 2014-03-07 Amgen, Inc. Quinolone-based compounds that have prolyl hydroxylase inhibitory activity, compositions and uses thereof
WO2007082899A1 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-07-26 Vib Vzw Inhibitors of prolyl-hydroxylase 1 for the treatment of skeletal muscle degeneration
AR059733A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2008-04-23 Smithkline Beecham Corp COMPOSITE DERIVED FROM GLYCIN N- REPLACED WITH BICYCLE HETEROAROMATICS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT, USE TO PREPARE A MEDICINAL PRODUCT TO TREAT ANEMIA AND PROCESS FOR PREPARATION
US7588924B2 (en) 2006-03-07 2009-09-15 Procter & Gamble Company Crystal of hypoxia inducible factor 1 alpha prolyl hydroxylase
US8968702B2 (en) 2006-03-30 2015-03-03 Duke University Inhibition of HIF-1 activation for anti-tumor and anti-inflammatory responses
MX2008012991A (en) 2006-04-07 2008-10-17 Procter & Gamble Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (hptpbeta) and uses thereof.
WO2007136990A2 (en) 2006-05-16 2007-11-29 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
PE20080209A1 (en) 2006-06-23 2008-05-15 Smithkline Beecham Corp GLYCINE DERIVATIVES AS PROLYL HYDROXYLASE INHIBITORS
DE602007009992D1 (en) 2006-06-26 2010-12-02 Warner Chilcott Co Llc PROLYL HYDROXYLASE INHIBITORS AND METHOD FOR THEIR USE
US8846685B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2014-09-30 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US20130023542A1 (en) 2006-06-27 2013-01-24 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7589212B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-09-15 Procter & Gamble Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7795444B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2010-09-14 Warner Chilcott Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7622593B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-11-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
WO2008069052A1 (en) 2006-12-07 2008-06-12 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Connector assembly and infusion set
CL2008000066A1 (en) 2007-01-12 2008-08-01 Smithkline Beecham Corp COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM (5-HYDROXY-3-OXO-2,3-DIHYDROPIRIDAZINE-4-CARBONYL) GLYCINE, HIFROXYLASE HYDROXYLASE HIF INHIBITORS; PREPARATION PROCEDURE; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES SUCH COMPOUNDS; AND ITS USE IN THE TREATMENT OF THE ANEM
CL2008000065A1 (en) 2007-01-12 2008-09-22 Smithkline Beecham Corp COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM N-SUBSTITUTED GLYCINE, INHIBITORS OF HIF PROLIL HYDROXYLASES; YOUR PREPARATION PROCESS; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES SUCH COMPOUNDS; AND ITS USE IN THE TREATMENT OF THE ANEMIA.
CA2683738C (en) 2007-04-18 2012-03-20 Amgen Inc. Indanone derivatives that inhibit prolyl hydroxylase
JP2010524935A (en) 2007-04-18 2010-07-22 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション Novel 1,8-naphthyridine compounds
CA2685216C (en) 2007-05-04 2014-07-08 Amgen Inc. Thienopyridine and thiazolopyridine derivatives that inhibit prolyl hydroxylase activity
US8309544B2 (en) 2007-05-16 2012-11-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Spiroindalones
TW200908984A (en) 2007-08-07 2009-03-01 Piramal Life Sciences Ltd Pyridyl derivatives, their preparation and use
EP2188295A4 (en) 2007-08-10 2011-11-16 Crystalgenomics Inc Pyridine derivatives and methods of use thereof
WO2009039323A1 (en) 2007-09-19 2009-03-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2009039321A1 (en) 2007-09-19 2009-03-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2009043093A1 (en) 2007-10-04 2009-04-09 Newsouth Innovations Pty Limited Hif inhibition
WO2009049112A1 (en) 2007-10-10 2009-04-16 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
FR2924205B1 (en) 2007-11-23 2013-08-16 Air Liquide CRYOGENIC REFRIGERATION DEVICE AND METHOD
WO2009067790A1 (en) 2007-11-26 2009-06-04 Uti Limited Partnership STIMULATION OF HYPOXIA INDUCIBLE FACTOR -1 ALPHA (HIF-1α) FOR THE TREATMENT OF CLOSTRIDIUM DIFFICILE ASSOCIATED DISEASE (CDAD), FOR INTESTINAL MOTILITY AND FOR DETECTING INFECTION
NZ585701A (en) 2007-11-30 2012-09-28 Glaxosmithkline Llc Benzopyrazine derivatives as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2009070644A1 (en) 2007-11-30 2009-06-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2009073669A1 (en) 2007-12-03 2009-06-11 Fibrogen, Inc. Isoxazolopyridine derivatives for use in the treatment of hif-mediated conditions
US8323952B2 (en) 2007-12-13 2012-12-04 Archer Daniels Midland Company Alcoholic xylose fermentation at high temperatures by the thermotolerant yeast Hansenula polymorpha
EP2240178A4 (en) 2007-12-19 2011-10-26 Glaxosmithkline Llc Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2009086592A1 (en) 2008-01-04 2009-07-16 Garvan Institute Of Medical Research Method of increasing metabolism
US8952160B2 (en) 2008-01-11 2015-02-10 Fibrogen, Inc. Isothiazole-pyridine derivatives as modulators of HIF (hypoxia inducible factor) activity
US9096555B2 (en) 2009-01-12 2015-08-04 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
WO2010081172A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-15 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US8883832B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2014-11-11 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
RU2519123C2 (en) 2009-07-06 2014-06-10 Аэрпио Терапьютикс Инк. Compounds, compositions and methods for prevention of metastatic cancer cells
ES2533128T3 (en) 2009-11-06 2015-04-07 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Prolylhydroxylase inhibitors
CN103347565A (en) 2010-10-07 2013-10-09 爱尔皮奥治疗有限公司 Composition and method for treating ocular edema, neovascularization and related disease
EP2717870B1 (en) 2011-06-06 2017-09-27 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Composition for stabilizing hypoxia inducible factor-2 alpha useful for treating cancer
CN104039351A (en) 2011-10-13 2014-09-10 阿尔皮奥治疗学股份有限公司 Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome and cancer
MX347226B (en) 2011-10-13 2017-04-19 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc Treatment of ocular disease.
US20150050277A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-02-19 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
GB2549865B (en) 2013-03-15 2018-01-17 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc Formulations comprising a compound that activates Tie-2 and their use in treating ocular diseases
US9388135B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-07-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing N-benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-substituted-pyridin-2-(1H)-ones
US9693777B2 (en) 2014-02-24 2017-07-04 Ethicon Llc Implantable layers comprising a pressed region

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996022021A1 (en) * 1995-01-20 1996-07-25 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Protein hydroxylation inhibitors for fibroproliferative disorders
US20090093483A1 (en) * 2006-12-18 2009-04-09 Amgen Inc. Naphthalenone compounds exhibiting prolyl hydroxylase inhibitory activity, compositions, and uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MCDONOUGH ET AL.: "Cellular oxygen sensing: Crystal structure of hypoxia-inducible factor prolyl hydroxylase (PHD2)", PNAS, vol. 103, no. 26, 2006, pages 9814 - 9819, XP002432975, DOI: doi:10.1073/pnas.0601283103 *
See also references of EP2496236A4 *

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9126958B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2015-09-08 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US9284285B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2016-03-15 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US9174950B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2015-11-03 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
US9540326B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
US10562854B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2020-02-18 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
US9440963B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-09-13 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions, formulations and methods for treating ocular diseases
US10220048B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-05 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US9388135B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-07-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing N-benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-substituted-pyridin-2-(1H)-ones
US9994560B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2018-06-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. HPTP-β inhibitors
US10858354B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2020-12-08 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HPTP-Beta inhibitors
US9539245B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Combination of immunotherapies with activators of Tie-2

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
BR112012010762A2 (en) 2018-03-20
US20130158010A1 (en) 2013-06-20
IL219612A0 (en) 2012-07-31
US20110110961A1 (en) 2011-05-12
EP2649998A1 (en) 2013-10-16
RS54124B1 (en) 2015-12-31
NZ600396A (en) 2014-08-29
PL2496084T3 (en) 2015-09-30
NZ629733A (en) 2016-02-26
US8999971B2 (en) 2015-04-07
KR20150116464A (en) 2015-10-15
PT2496084E (en) 2015-08-21
KR101613103B1 (en) 2016-04-18
US20150218098A1 (en) 2015-08-06
IL239918A0 (en) 2015-08-31
AU2010314976B2 (en) 2014-03-06
MY163511A (en) 2017-09-15
JP2014159427A (en) 2014-09-04
EP2496084B1 (en) 2015-06-10
EP2649998B1 (en) 2015-03-04
KR101483831B1 (en) 2015-01-21
US8778412B2 (en) 2014-07-15
JP5961665B2 (en) 2016-08-02
PT2853265T (en) 2017-11-07
RU2518416C2 (en) 2014-06-10
MY161880A (en) 2017-05-15
WO2011057121A1 (en) 2011-05-12
HUE026109T2 (en) 2016-05-30
EP2496082B1 (en) 2016-10-12
KR20140048341A (en) 2014-04-23
IL219610A (en) 2015-07-30
US20190055198A1 (en) 2019-02-21
AU2010314973B9 (en) 2015-03-19
JP2013508462A (en) 2013-03-07
US10562854B2 (en) 2020-02-18
US20110111058A1 (en) 2011-05-12
US20150157617A1 (en) 2015-06-11
MX2012005273A (en) 2012-06-19
US20110112055A1 (en) 2011-05-12
RU2012123388A (en) 2013-12-20
EP2952192A1 (en) 2015-12-09
DK2496084T3 (en) 2015-06-29
PL2496236T4 (en) 2015-11-30
ES2541613T3 (en) 2015-07-22
HRP20130691T1 (en) 2013-10-11
JP5599467B2 (en) 2014-10-01
AU2010314976A1 (en) 2012-06-21
SMT201300096B (en) 2013-11-08
RS52870B (en) 2013-12-31
US20130158045A1 (en) 2013-06-20
CN102612367B (en) 2014-02-19
CA2774043A1 (en) 2011-05-12
EP2496084A4 (en) 2012-11-21
CA2774046E (en) 2011-05-12
NZ600405A (en) 2014-08-29
NO2853265T3 (en) 2017-12-23
EP2952192B1 (en) 2019-05-15
ES2782999T3 (en) 2020-09-16
HK1208806A1 (en) 2016-03-18
RU2521251C2 (en) 2014-06-27
US8536181B2 (en) 2013-09-17
KR20150016414A (en) 2015-02-11
KR20120079844A (en) 2012-07-13
HK1190334A1 (en) 2014-07-04
EP2954899A1 (en) 2015-12-16
IL219611A0 (en) 2012-07-31
PT2649998E (en) 2015-04-21
RU2012123386A (en) 2013-12-20
EP3698794A1 (en) 2020-08-26
HK1169275A1 (en) 2013-01-25
BR112012010766A2 (en) 2015-10-06
KR20140122283A (en) 2014-10-17
JP2014139206A (en) 2014-07-31
US20220185778A1 (en) 2022-06-16
AU2010314973A1 (en) 2012-06-21
BR112012010759A2 (en) 2015-10-06
IL219611A (en) 2017-03-30
CA2774046A1 (en) 2011-05-12
US9540326B2 (en) 2017-01-10
SI2496084T1 (en) 2015-08-31
US20140364419A1 (en) 2014-12-11
KR101445946B1 (en) 2014-09-29
KR101591701B1 (en) 2016-02-05
KR20120079846A (en) 2012-07-13
CN102612367A (en) 2012-07-25
CN102638983B (en) 2014-11-26
ES2644998T3 (en) 2017-12-01
EP2496236A4 (en) 2012-09-12
EP3603644A1 (en) 2020-02-05
EP2496236A1 (en) 2012-09-12
MX365138B (en) 2019-05-24
US8883774B2 (en) 2014-11-11
IL219610A0 (en) 2012-07-31
JP2013508464A (en) 2013-03-07
HRP20150473T1 (en) 2015-06-05
AU2010314982B2 (en) 2013-08-29
US8309537B2 (en) 2012-11-13
US20170298019A1 (en) 2017-10-19
ZA201204104B (en) 2013-02-27
RU2012123387A (en) 2013-12-20
IN2012DN04940A (en) 2015-09-25
RU2518071C2 (en) 2014-06-10
JP2013508463A (en) 2013-03-07
WO2011057112A1 (en) 2011-05-12
EP2853265B1 (en) 2017-07-26
KR20120088833A (en) 2012-08-08
MX2012005275A (en) 2012-06-19
US9045495B2 (en) 2015-06-02
ES2424122T3 (en) 2013-09-27
JP5627040B2 (en) 2014-11-19
MY160066A (en) 2017-02-15
SI2649998T1 (en) 2015-06-30
NZ600400A (en) 2014-09-26
AU2010314982A1 (en) 2012-06-21
DK2649998T3 (en) 2015-05-04
US9278930B2 (en) 2016-03-08
CN102595896B (en) 2016-02-17
HK1169313A1 (en) 2013-01-25
CN102595896A (en) 2012-07-18
PL2649998T3 (en) 2015-08-31
BR112012010759B1 (en) 2021-12-28
IL219612A (en) 2016-11-30
CA2774039A1 (en) 2011-05-12
JP5591939B2 (en) 2014-09-17
CA2774046C (en) 2014-01-21
DK2496236T3 (en) 2013-07-08
MX2012005274A (en) 2012-06-19
IN2012DN04949A (en) 2015-09-25
IN2012DN04950A (en) 2015-09-25
EP2954899B1 (en) 2020-01-08
AU2010314973B2 (en) 2014-08-28
EP2496082A1 (en) 2012-09-12
KR20140095105A (en) 2014-07-31
PL2853265T3 (en) 2018-01-31
JP2014221826A (en) 2014-11-27
PL2496236T3 (en) 2013-10-31
ES2533128T3 (en) 2015-04-07
EP2496082A4 (en) 2012-11-21
EP2496084A1 (en) 2012-09-12
JP5865411B2 (en) 2016-02-17
HRP20150772T1 (en) 2015-08-28
PT2496236E (en) 2013-07-08
DK2853265T3 (en) 2017-11-06
EP2853265A1 (en) 2015-04-01
CA2774043C (en) 2015-04-14
RS54010B1 (en) 2015-10-30
CN102638983A (en) 2012-08-15
EP2496236B1 (en) 2013-05-01
BR112012010762B1 (en) 2021-08-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220185778A1 (en) Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080050181.9

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10829176

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2774043

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12012500789

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012537237

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2012/005274

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 219612

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 1201001908

Country of ref document: TH

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010314976

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010829176

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20127014419

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 4940/DELNP/2012

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012123387

Country of ref document: RU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010314976

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20101105

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112012010762

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P-2013/0321

Country of ref document: RS

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112012010762

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20120507